MIDOSTAURIN

READ …COMPLETE SYNTHESIS AT

http://www.allfordrugs.com/2014/01/14/midostaurin-with-potential-antiangiogenic-and-antineoplastic-activities/

Filed under: 0rphan drug status, Phase3 drugs Tagged: MIDOSTAURIN, Orphan Drug, PHASE 3

Belinostat (PXD101)

PHASE 2, FAST TRACK FDA , ORPHAN STATUS

• PDX101
• PX 105684
• PXD-101
• PXD101
• UNII-F4H96P17NZ

Belinostat (PXD101) is a novel HDAC inhibitor with IC50 of 27 nM, with activity demonstrated in cisplatin-resistant tumors.

CLINICAL TRIALS…http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=Belinostat+OR+PXD101

Belinostat inhibits the growth of tumor cells (A2780, HCT116, HT29, WIL, CALU-3, MCF7, PC3 and HS852) with IC50 from 0.2-0.66 μM. PD101 shows low activity in A2780/cp70 and 2780AD cells. Belinostat inhibits bladder cancer cell growth, especially in 5637 cells, which shows accumulation of G0-G1 phase, decrease in S phase, and increase in G2-M phase. Belinostat also shows enhanced tubulin acetylation in ovarian cancer cell lines. A recent study shows that Belinostat activates protein kinase A in a TGF-β signaling-dependent mechanism and decreases survivin mRNA.

414864-00-9  cas no

866323-14-0

(2E)-N-hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]acrylamide

A novel HDAC inhibitor

…………………………

BELINOSTAT

Belinostat (PXD101) is experimental drug candidate under development byTopoTarget for the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumors. It is a histone deacetylase inhibitor.[1]

A hydroxamate-type inhibitor of histone deacetylase.

NCI: A novel hydroxamic acid-type histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor with antineoplastic activity. Belinostat targets HDAC enzymes, thereby inhibiting tumor cell proliferation, inducing apoptosis, promoting cellular differentiation, and inhibiting angiogenesis. This agent may sensitize drug-resistant tumor cells to other antineoplastic agents, possibly through a mechanism involving the down-regulation of thymidylate synthase

In 2007 preliminary results were released from the Phase II clinical trial of intravenous belinostat in combination with carboplatin and paclitaxel for relapsedovarian cancer.[2] Final results in late 2009 of a phase II trial for T cell lymphomawere encouraging.[3] Belinostat has been granted orphan drug and fast trackdesignation by the FDA.[4]

The study of inhibitors of histone deacetylases indicates that these enzymes play an important role in cell proliferation and differentiation. The inhibitor Trichostatin A (TSA) (Yoshida et al., 1990a) causes cell cycle arrest at both G1 and G2 phases (Yoshida and Beppu, 1988), reverts the transformed phenotype of different cell lines, and induces differentiation of Friend leukaemia cells and others (Yoshida et al., 1990b). TSA (and SAHA) have been reported to inhibit cell growth, induce terminal differentiation, and prevent the formation of tumours in mice (Finnin et al., 1999).

Trichostatin A (TSA)

Suberoylanilide Hydroxamic Acid (SAHA)

Cell cycle arrest by TSA correlates with an increased expression of gelsolin (Hoshikawa et al., 1994), an actin regulatory protein that is down regulated in malignant breast cancer (Mielnicki et al., 1999). Similar effects on cell cycle and differentiation have been observed with a number of deacetylase inhibitors (Kim et al., 1999). Trichostatin A has also been reported to be useful in the treatment of fibrosis, e.g., liver fibrosis and liver cirrhosis. See, e.g., Geerts et al., 1998.

Recently, certain compounds that induce differentiation have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. Several experimental antitumour compounds, such as trichostatin A (TSA), trapoxin, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), and phenylbutyrate have been reported to act, at least in part, by inhibiting histone deacetylase (see, e.g., Yoshida et al., 1990; Richon et al., 1998; Kijima et al., 1993). Additionally, diallyl sulfide and related molecules (see, e.g., Lea et al., 1999), oxamflatin (see, e.g., Kim et al., 1999), MS-27-275, a synthetic benzamide derivative (see, e.g., Saito et al., 1999; Suzuki et al., 1999; note that MS-27-275 was later re-named as MS-275), butyrate derivatives (see, e.g., Lea and Tulsyan, 1995), FR901228 (see, e.g., Nokajima et al., 1998), depudecin (see, e.g., Kwon et al., 1998), and m-carboxycinnamic acid bishydroxamide (see, e.g., Richon et al., 1998) have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. In vitro, some of these compounds are reported to inhibit the growth of fibroblast cells by causing cell cycle arrest in the G1 and G2 phases, and can lead to the terminal differentiation and loss of transforming potential of a variety of transformed cell lines (see, e.g., Richon et al, 1996; Kim et al., 1999; Yoshida et al., 1995; Yoshida & Beppu, 1988). In vivo, phenybutyrate is reported to be effective in the treatment of acute promyelocytic leukemia in conjunction with retinoic acid (see, e.g., Warrell et al., 1998). SAHA is reported to be effective in preventing the formation of mammary tumours in rats, and lung tumours in mice (see, e.g., Desai et al., 1999).

The clear involvement of HDACs in the control of cell proliferation and differentiation suggest that aberrant HDAC activity may play a role in cancer. The most direct demonstration that deacetylases contribute to cancer development comes from the analysis of different acute promyelocytic leukaemias (APL). In most APL patients, a translocation of chromosomes 15 and 17 (t(15;17)) results in the expression of a fusion protein containing the N-terminal portion of PML gene product linked to most of RARσ (retinoic acid receptor). In some cases, a different translocation (t(11 ;17)) causes the fusion between the zinc finger protein PLZF and RARα. In the absence of ligand, the wild type RARα represses target genes by tethering HDAC repressor complexes to the promoter DNA. During normal hematopoiesis, retinoic acid (RA) binds RARα and displaces the repressor complex, allowing expression of genes implicated in myeloid differentiation. The RARα fusion proteins occurring in APL patients are no longer responsive to physiological levels of RA and they interfere with the expression of the RA- inducible genes that promote myeloid differentiation. This results in a clonal expansion of promyelocytic cells and development of leukaemia. In vitro experiments have shown that TSA is capable of restoring RA-responsiveness to the fusion RARα proteins and of allowing myeloid differentiation. These results establish a link between HDACs and oncogenesis and suggest that HDACs are potential targets for pharmaceutical intervention in APL patients. (See, for example, Kitamura et al., 2000; David et al., 1998; Lin et al., 1998).

BELINOSTAT

Furthermore, different lines of evidence suggest that HDACs may be important therapeutic targets in other types of cancer. Cell lines derived from many different cancers (prostate, coloreetal, breast, neuronal, hepatic) are induced to differentiate by HDAC inhibitors (Yoshida and Horinouchi, 1999). A number of HDAC inhibitors have been studied in animal models of cancer. They reduce tumour growth and prolong the lifespan of mice bearing different types of transplanted tumours, including melanoma, leukaemia, colon, lung and gastric carcinomas, etc. (Ueda et al., 1994; Kim et al., 1999).

Psoriasis is a common chronic disfiguring skin disease which is characterised by well-demarcated, red, hardened scaly plaques: these may be limited or widespread. The prevalence rate of psoriasis is approximately 2%, i.e., 12.5 million sufferers in the triad countries (US/Europe/Japan). While the disease is rarely fatal, it clearly has serious detrimental effects upon the quality of life of the patient: this is further compounded by the lack of effective therapies. Present treatments are either ineffective, cosmetically unacceptable, or possess undesired side effects. There is therefore a large unmet clinical need for effective and safe drugs for this condition. Psoriasis is a disease of complex etiology. Whilst there is clearly a genetic component, with a number of gene loci being involved, there are also undefined environmental triggers. Whatever the ultimate cause of psoriasis, at the cellular level, it is characterised by local T-cell mediated inflammation, by keratinocyte hyperproliferation, and by localised angiogenesis. These are all processes in which histone deacetylases have been implicated (see, e.g., Saunders et al., 1999; Bernhard et al, 1999; Takahashi et al, 1996; Kim et al , 2001 ). Therefore HDAC inhibitors may be of use in therapy for psoriasis. Candidate drugs may be screened, for example, using proliferation assays with T-cells and/or keratinocytes.

 ………………………………………………………………………..

PXD101/Belinostat®

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide, also known as PXD101 and Belinostat®, shown below, is a well known histone deacetylate (HDAC) inhibitor. It is being developed for treatment of a range of disorders mediated by HDAC, including proliferative conditions (such as cancer and psoriasis), malaria, etc.

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

…………………………………..

GENERAL SYNTHESIS

WO2002030879A2

IGNORE 10

ENTRY 45 IS BELINOSTAT

Scheme 1

By using amines instead of aniline, the corresponding products may be obtained. The use of aniline, 4-methoxyaniline, 4-methylaniline, 4-bromoaniline, 4-chloroaniline, 4-benzylamine, and 4-phenethyamine, among others, is described in the Examples below.

In another method, a suitable amino acid (e.g., ω-amino acid) having a protected carboxylic acid (e.g., as an ester) and an unprotected amino group is reacted with a sulfonyl chloride compound (e.g., RSO₂CI) to give the corresponding sulfonamide having a protected carboxylic acid. The protected carboxylic acid is then deprotected using base to give the free carboxylic acid, which is then reacted with, for example, hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin followed by acid (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid), to give the desired carbamic acid.

One example of this approach is illustrated below, in Scheme 2, wherein the reaction conditions are as follows: (i) RSO₂CI, pyridine, DCM, room temperature, 12 hours; (ii) 1 M LiOH or 1 M NaOH, dioxane, room temperature, 3-48 hours; (iii) hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin, HOAt, HATU, DIPEA, DCM, room temperature, 16 hours; and (iv) TFA/DCM (5:95, v/v), room temperature, 1.5 hours.

Scheme 2

Additional methods for the synthesis of compounds of the present invention are illustrated below and are exemplified in the examples below.

Scheme 3A

Scheme 3B

Scheme 4

Scheme 8

Scheme 9

……………………………………………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

WO2002030879A2

Example 1

3-Formylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium salt (1)

Oleum (5 ml) was placed in a reaction vessel and benzaldehyde (2.00 g, 18.84 mmol) was slowly added not exceeding the temperature of the reaction mixture more than 30°C. The obtained solution was stirred at 40°C for ten hours and at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was treated with CaC0₃ until the evolution of C0₂ ceased (pH~6-7), then the precipitated CaSO₄was filtered off and washed with water. The filtrate was treated with Na₂CO₃ until the pH of the reaction medium increased to pH 8, obtained CaCO3 was filtered off and water solution was evaporated in vacuum. The residue was washed with methanol, the washings were evaporated and the residue was dried in desiccator over P₂Oβ affording the title compound (2.00 g, 51%). ¹H NMR (D₂0), δ: 7.56-8.40 (4H, m); 10.04 ppm (1 H, s).

Example 2 3-(3-Sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester, sodium salt (2)

Sodium salt of 3-formylbenzenesulfonic acid (1) (1.00 g, 4.80 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.32 g, 9.56 mmol), trimethyl phosphonoacetate (1.05 g, 5.77 mmol) and water (2 ml) were stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min., precipitated solid was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was evaporated and the title compound (2) was obtained as a white solid (0.70 g, 55%). ¹H NMR (DMSO- d_βl HMDSO), δ: 3.68 (3H, s); 6.51 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.30-7.88 (5H, m).

Example 3 3-(3-Chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3)

To the sodium salt of 3-(3-sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (2) (0.670 g, 2.53 mmol) benzene (2 ml), thionyl chloride (1.508 g, 0.9 ml, 12.67 mmol) and 3 drops of dimethylformamide were added and the resultant suspension was stirred at reflux for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in benzene (3 ml), filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give the title compound (0.6’40 g, 97%).

Example 4 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a)

A solution of 3-(3-chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3) (0.640 g, 2.45 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) was added to a mixture of aniline (0.465 g, 4.99 mmol) and pyridine (1 ml), and the resultant solution was stirred at 50°C for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 10% HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water, saturated NaCl, and dried (Na₂S0 ). The solvent was removed and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel with chloroform-ethyl acetate (7:1 , v/v) as eluent. The obtained product was washed with diethyl ether to give the title compound (0.226 g, 29%). ¹H NMR (CDCI₃, HMDSO), δ: 3.72 (3H, s); 6.34 (1H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 6.68 (1 H, br s); 6.92-7.89 (10H, m).

Example 5 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a)

3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a) (0.220 g, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 ml), 1N NaOH (2.08 ml, 2.08 mmol) was added and the resultant solution was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was acidified with 10% HCI and stirred for 30 min. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried in desiccator over P₂Os to give the title compound as a white solid (0.173 g, 82%). Example 6 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a)

To a suspension of 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a) (0.173 g, 0.57 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.3 ml) oxalyl chloride (0.17 ml, 1.95 mmol) and one drop of dimethylformamide were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for one hour and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude title compound (0.185 g).

Example 7

N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylamide (7a) (PX105684) BELINOSTAT

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.200 g, 2.87 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.5 ml) a saturated NaHCOβ solution (2.5 ml) was added and the resultant mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 min. To the reaction mixture a 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a) (0.185 g) solution in tetrahydrofuran (2.3 ml) was added and stirred at ambient temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 2N HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated NaCl, the solvent was removed and the residue was washed with acetonitrile and diethyl ether.

The title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.066 g, 36%), m.p. 172°C. BELINOSTAT

¹H NMR (DMSO-d6, HMDSO), δ: 6.49 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.18-8.05 (10H, m); 9.16 (1 H, br s); 10.34 (1 H, s); 10.85 ppm (1 H, br s).

HPLC analysis on Symmetry C₁₈column: impurities 4% (column size 3.9×150 mm; mobile phase acetonitrile – 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 2.5), 40:60; sample concentration 1 mg/ml; flow rate 0.8 ml/ min; detector UV 220 nm).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅Hι₄N₂0₄S, %: C 56.59, H 4.43, N 8.80. Found, %: C 56.28, H 4.44, N 8.56.

……………………………………………………………………….

SYNTHESIS

US20100286279

…………………………………………………….

SYNTHESIS AND SPECTRAL DATA

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (28, belinostat, PXD101).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

The methyl ester (27) (8.0 g) was prepared according to reported synthetic route,

(Watkins, C. J.; Romero-Martin, M.-R.; Moore, K. G.; Ritchie, J.; Finn, P. W.; Kalvinsh, I.;
Loza, E.; Dikvoska, K.; Gailite, V.; Vorona, M.; Piskunova, I.; Starchenkov, I.; Harris, C. J.;
Duffy, J. E. S. Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC
inhibitors. PCT Int. Appl. WO200230879A2, April 18, 2002.)
but using procedure D (Experimental Section) or method described for 26 to convert the methyl ester to crude
hydroxamic acid which was further purified by chromatography (silica, MeOH/DCM = 1:10) to
afford 28 (PXD101) as off-white or pale yellow powder (2.5 g, 31%).

LC–MS m/z 319.0 ([M +H]+).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  12–9 (very broad, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J

= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d,
J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H);

13C NMR (DMSO-d6)  162.1,
140.6, 138.0, 136.5, 135.9, 131.8, 130.0, 129.2, 127.1, 124.8, 124.1, 121.3, 120.4.

Anal.
(C15H14N2O4S) C, H, N

………………………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

WO2009040517A2

PXDIOI / Belinostat®

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide, also known as PXD101 and Belinostat®, shown below, is a well known histone deacetylate (HDAC) inhibitor. It is being developed for treatment of a range of disorders mediated by HDAC, including proliferative conditions (such as cancer and psoriasis), malaria, etc.

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

Scheme 1

Not isolated

ed on (A)

on (D)

d on (H)

There is a need for alternative methods for the synthesis of PXD101 and related compounds for example, methods which are simpler and/or employ fewer steps and/or permit higher yields and/or higher purity product.

Scheme 5

DMAP, toluene

Synthesis 1 3-Bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3)

To a 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged aniline (2) (4.01 kg; 93.13 g/mol; 43 mol), toluene (25 L), and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (DMAP) (12 g), and the mixture was heated to 50-60⁰C. 3-Bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1) (5 kg; 255.52 g/mol; 19.6 mol) was charged into the reactor over 30 minutes at 50-60⁰C and progress of the reaction was monitored by HPLC. After 19 hours, toluene (5 L) was added due to losses overnight through the vent line and the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (1) being detected by HPLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (10 L) and then quenched with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (20 L). The organic and aqueous layers were separated, the aqueous layer was discarded, and the organic layer was washed with water (20 L), and then 5% (w/w) sodium bicarbonate solution (20 L), while maintaining the batch temperature at 45-55°C. The batch was then used in the next synthesis.

Synthesis 2 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester (5)

To the batch containing 3-bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3) (the treated organic layer obtained in the previous synthesis) was added triethylamine (2.97 kg; 101.19 g/mol; 29.4 mol), tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (119 g; 304.37 g/mol; 0.4 mol), and palladium (II) acetate (44 g; 224.51 g/mol; 0.2 mol), and the resulting mixture was degassed four times with a vacuum/nitrogen purge at 45-55°C. Catalytic palladium (0) was formed in situ. The batch was then heated to 80-90⁰C and ethyl acrylate (4) (2.16 kg; 100.12 g/mol; 21.6 mol) was slowly added over 2.75 hours. The batch was sampled after a further 2 hours and was deemed to be complete with no compound (3) being detected by HPLC. The batch was cooled to 45-55°C and for convenience was left at this temperature overnight.

The batch was then reduced in volume under vacuum to 20-25 L, at a batch temperature of 45-55°C, and ethyl acetate (20 L) was added. The batch was filtered and the residue washed with ethyl acetate (3.5 L). The residue was discarded and the filtrates were sent to a 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor, which had been pre-heated to 60⁰C. The 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was then cleaned to remove any residual Pd, while the batch in the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor was washed with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and water at 45-55°C. Once the washes were complete and the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was clean, the batch was transferred from the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor back to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate/toluene to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it. The batch was then cooled to 0-10⁰C and held at this temperature over the weekend in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). A sample of the wet-cake was taken for Pd analysis. The Pd content of the crude product (5) was determined to be 12.9 ppm.

The wet-cake was then charged back into the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor along with ethyl acetate (50 L) and heated to 40-50⁰C in order to obtain a solution. A sparkler filter loaded with 12 impregnated Darco G60® carbon pads was then connected to the reactor and the solution was pumped around in a loop through the sparkler filter. After 1 hour, a sample was taken and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd was found to be 1.4 ppm. A second sample was taken after 2 hours and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd had been reduced to 0.6 ppm. The batch was blown back into the reactor and held at 40-50⁰C overnight before the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it and the batch was cooled to 0-10⁰C and held at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum for 25 hours. A first lot of the title compound (5) was obtained as an off-white solid (4.48 kg, 69% overall yield from 3-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1)) with a Pd content of 0.4 ppm and a purity of 99.22% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 3 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrvlic acid (6)

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)- acrylic acid ethyl ester (5) (4.48 kg; 331.39 g/mol; 13.5 mol) along with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (17.76 L; -35 mol). The mixture was heated to 40-50°C and held at this temperature for 2 hours before sampling, at which point the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (5) being detected by HPLC. The batch was adjusted to pH 2.2 using 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid while maintaining the batch temperature between 40-50⁰C. The product had precipitated and the batch was cooled to 20-30⁰C and held at this temperature for 1 hour before filtering and washing the cake with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The batch was allowed to condition on the filter overnight before being charged back into the reactor and slurried in water (44.4 L) at 40-50⁰C for 2 hours. The batch was cooled to 15-20°C, held for 1 hour, and then filtered and the residue washed with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The crude title compound (6) was transferred to an oven for drying at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed for 5 days (this was done for convenience) to give a white solid (3.93 kg, 97% yield). The moisture content of the crude material was measured using Karl Fischer (KF) titration and found to be <0.1% (w/w). To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the crude compound (6) along with acetonitrile (47.2 L). The batch was heated to reflux (about 80°C) and held at reflux for 2 hours before cooling to 0-10°C and holding at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with cold acetonitrile (7.9 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried under vacuum at 45-55°C for 21.5 hours. The title compound (6) was obtained as a fluffy white solid (3.37 kg, 84% yield with respect to compound (5)) with a purity of 99.89% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 4 (E)-N-Hvdroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (PXD101) BELINOSTAT

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid (6) (3.37 kg; 303.34 g/mol; 11.1 mol) and a pre-mixed solution of 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) in isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (27 g in 30 L; 152.24 g/mol; 0.18 mol). The slurry was stirred and thionyl chloride (SOCI₂) (960 mL; density ~1.631 g/mL; 118.97 g/mol; -13 mol) was added to the reaction mixture and the batch was stirred at 20-30⁰C overnight. After 18.5 hours, the batch was sampled and deemed to be complete with no compound (6) being detected by HPLC. The resulting solution was transferred to a 100 L Schott reactor for temporary storage while the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was rinsed with isopropyl acetate (IPAc) and water. Deionized water (28.9 L) was then added to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor followed by 50% (w/w) hydroxylamine (6.57 L; -1.078 g/mL; 33.03 g/mol; -214 mol) and another charge of deionized water (1.66 L) to rinse the lines free of hydroxylamine to make a 10% (w/w) hydroxylamine solution. Tetrahydrofuran (THF) (6.64 L) was then charged to the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the mixture was stirred and cooled to 0-10⁰C. The acid chloride solution (from the 100 L Schott reactor) was then slowly charged into the hydroxylamine solution over 1 hour maintaining a batch temperature of 0-10°C during the addition. The batch was then allowed to warm to 20-30⁰C. The aqueous layer was separated and discarded. The organic layer was then reduced in volume under vacuum while maintaining a batch temperature of less than 30⁰C. The intention was to distill out 10-13 L of solvent, but this level was overshot. A larger volume of isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (16.6 L) was added and about 6 L of solvent was distilled out. The batch had precipitated and heptanes (24.9 L) were added and the batch was held at 20-30°C overnight. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (6.64 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed over the weekend. The title compound (PXD101) was obtained as a light orange solid (3.11 kg, 89% yield with respect to compound (6)) with a purity of 99.25% (AUC) by HPLC.

The title compound (PXD101) (1.2 kg, 3.77 mol) was dissolved in 8 volumes of 1:1 (EtOH/water) at 60⁰C. Sodium bicarbonate (15.8 g, 5 mol%) was added to the solution. Water (HPLC grade) was then added at a rate of 65 mL/min while keeping the internal temperature >57°C. After water (6.6 L) had been added, crystals started to form and the water addition was stopped. The reaction mixture was then cooled at a rate of 10°C/90 min to a temperature of 0-10^cC and then stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The crystals were then filtered and collected. The filter cake was washed by slurrying in water (2 x 1.2 L) and then dried in an oven at 45°C for 60 hours with a slight nitrogen bleed. 1.048 kg (87% recovery) of a light orange solid was recovered. Microscopy and XRPD data showed a conglomerate of irregularly shaped birefringant crystalline particles. The compound was found to contain 0.02% water.

As discussed above: the yield of compound (5) with respect to compound (1) was 69%. the yield of compound (6) with respect to compound (5) was 84%. the yield of PXD101 with respect to compound (6) was 89%.

……………….

FORMULATION

WO2006120456A1

Formulation Studies

These studies demonstrate a substantial enhancement of HDACi solubility (on the order of a 500-fold increase for PXD-101) using one or more of: cyclodextrin, arginine, and meglumine. The resulting compositions are stable and can be diluted to the desired target concentration without the risk of precipitation. Furthermore, the compositions have a pH that, while higher than ideal, is acceptable for use.

UV Absorbance

The ultraviolet (UV absorbance E\ value for PXD-101 was determined by plotting a calibration curve of PXD-101 concentration in 50:50 methanol/water at the λ_max for the material, 269 nm. Using this method, the E¹i value was determined as 715.7.

Methanol/water was selected as the subsequent diluting medium for solubility studies rather than neat methanol (or other organic solvent) to reduce the risk of precipitation of the cyclodextrin.

Solubility in Demineralised Water

The solubility of PXD-101 was determined to be 0.14 mg/mL for demineralised water. Solubility Enhancement with Cvclodextrins

Saturated samples of PXD-101 were prepared in aqueous solutions of two natural cyclodextrins (α-CD and γ-CD) and hydroxypropyl derivatives of the α, β and Y cyclodextrins (HP-α-CD, HP-β-CD and HP-γ-CD). All experiments were completed with cyclodextrin concentrations of 250 mg/mL, except for α-CD, where the solubility of the cyclodextrin was not sufficient to achieve this concentration. The data are summarised in the following table. HP-β-CD offers the best solubility enhancement for PXD-101.

Phase Solubility Determination of HP-β-CD

The phase solubility diagram for HP-β-CD was prepared for concentrations of cyclodextrin between 50 and 500 mg/mL (5-50% w/v). The calculated saturated solubilities of the complexed HDACi were plotted against the concentration of cyclodextrin. See Figure 1.

………………………..

1.  Plumb, Jane A.; Finn, Paul W.; Williams, Robert J.; Bandara, Morwenna J.; Romero, M. Rosario; Watkins, Claire J.; La Thangue, Nicholas B.; Brown, Robert (2003). “Pharmacodynamic Response and Inhibition of Growth of Human Tumor Xenografts by the Novel Histone Deacetylase Inhibitor PXD101″. Molecular Cancer Therapeutics 2 (8): 721–728. PMID 12939461.
2.  “CuraGen Corporation (CRGN) and TopoTarget A/S Announce Presentation of Belinostat Clinical Trial Results at AACR-NCI-EORTC International Conference”. October 2007.
3. Final Results of a Phase II Trial of Belinostat (PXD101) in Patients with Recurrent or Refractory Peripheral or Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma, December 2009
4.  “Spectrum adds to cancer pipeline with $350M deal.”. February 2010.
5. Helvetica Chimica Acta, 2005 ,  vol. 88,  7  PG. 1630 – 1657, MP 172
6. WO2009/40517 A2, ….
7. WO2006/120456 A1, …..
8. Synthetic Communications, 2010 ,  vol. 40,  17  PG. 2520 – 2524, MP 172
9. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,   13  PG. 4694 – 4720, NMR IN SUP INFO

………………………..

SPECTRUM

Tiny Biotech With Three Cancer Drugs Is More Alluring Takeover Bet Now
Forbes
The drug is one of Spectrum’s two drugs undergoing phase 3 clinical trials. Allergan paid Spectrum $41.5 million and will make additional payments of up to $304 million based on achieving certain milestones. So far, Raj Shrotriya, Spectrum’s chairman, …

http://www.forbes.com/sites/genemarcial/2013/07/14/tiny-biotech-with-three-cancer-drugs-is-more-alluring-takeover-bet-now/

……………………………..

Panobinostat

HDAC inhibitors, orphan drug

cas 404950-80-7 

2E)-N-hydroxy-3-[4-({[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}methyl)phenyl]acrylamide

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (alternatively, N-hydroxy-3-(4-{[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acrylamide)

Molecular Formula: C₂₁H₂₃N₃O₂   Molecular Weight: 349.42622

• Faridak
• LBH 589
• LBH589
• Panobinostat
• UNII-9647FM7Y3Z

A hydroxamic acid analog histone deacetylase inhibitor from Novartis.

NOVARTIS, innovator

Histone deacetylase inhibitors

Is currently being examined in cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, CML and breast cancer.

clinical trials click here  phase 3

DRUG SUBSTANCE–LACTATE AS IN  http://www.google.com/patents/US7989639  SEE EG 31

Panobinostat (LBH-589) is an experimental drug developed by Novartis for the treatment of various cancers. It is a hydroxamic acid^[1] and acts as a non-selective histone deacetylase inhibitor (HDAC inhibitor).^[2]

panobinostat

Panobinostat is a cinnamic hydroxamic acid analogue with potential antineoplastic activity. Panobinostat selectively inhibits histone deacetylase (HDAC), inducing hyperacetylation of core histone proteins, which may result in modulation of cell cycle protein expression, cell cycle arrest in the G2/M phase and apoptosis. In addition, this agent appears to modulate the expression of angiogenesis-related genes, such as hypoxia-inducible factor-1alpha (HIF-1a) and vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), thus impairing endothelial cell chemotaxis and invasion. HDAC is an enzyme that deacetylates chromatin histone proteins. Check for

As of August 2012, it is being tested against Hodgkin’s Lymphoma, cutaneous T cell lymphoma (CTCL)^[3] and other types of malignant disease in Phase III clinical trials, against myelodysplastic syndromes, breast cancer and prostate cancer in Phase II trials, and against chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) in a Phase I trial.^[4][5]

Panobinostat is a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor which was filed for approval in the U.S. in 2010 for the oral treatment of relapsed/refractory classical Hodgkin’s lymphoma in adult patients. The company is conducting phase II/III clinical trials for the oral treatment of multiple myeloma, chronic myeloid leukemia and myelodysplasia. Phase II trials are also in progress for the treatment of primary myelofibrosis, post-polycythemia Vera, post-essential thrombocytopenia, Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia, recurrent glioblastoma (GBM) and for the treatment of pancreatic cancer progressing on gemcitabine therapy. Additional trials are under way for the treatment of hematological neoplasms, prostate cancer, colorectal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), malignant mesothelioma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, head and neck cancer and gastrointestinal neuroendocrine tumors. Early clinical studies are also ongoing for the treatment of HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. Additionally, phase II clinical trials are ongoing at Novartis as well as Neurological Surgery for the treatment of recurrent malignant gliomas as are phase I/II initiated for the treatment of acute graft versus host disease. The National Cancer Institute had been conducting early clinical trials for the treatment of metastatic hepatocellular carcinoma; however, these trials were terminated due to observed dose-limiting toxicity. In 2009, Novartis terminated its program to develop panobinostat for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma. A program for the treatment of small cell lung cancer was terminated in 2012. Phase I clinical trials are ongoing for the treatment of metastatic and/or malignant melanoma and for the treatment of sickle cell anemia. The University of Virginia is conducting phase I clinical trials for the treatment of newly diagnosed and recurrent chordoma in combination with imatinib. Novartis is evaluating panobinostat for its potential to re-activate HIV transcription in latently infected CD4+ T-cells among HIV-infected patients on stable antiretroviral therapy.

Mechanistic evaluations revealed that panobinostat-mediated tumor suppression involved blocking cell-cycle progression and gene transcription induced by the interleukin IL-2 promoter, accompanied by an upregulation of p21, p53 and p57, and subsequent cell death resulted from the stimulation of caspase-dependent and -independent apoptotic pathways and an increase in the mitochondrial outer membrane permeability. In 2007, the compound received orphan drug designation in the U.S. for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma and in 2009 and 2010, orphan drug designation was received in the U.S. and the E.U., respectively, for the treatment of Hodgkin’s lymphoma. This designation was also assigned in 2012 in the U.S. and the E.U. for the treatment of multiple myeloma.

Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in the western world and during the last decades it has also become a rapidly increasing problem in developing countries. An estimated 80 million American adults (one in three) have one or more expressions of cardiovascular disease (CVD) such as hypertension, coronary heart disease, heart failure, or stroke. Mortality data show that CVD was the underlying cause of death in 35% of all deaths in 2005 in the United States, with the majority related to myocardial infarction, stroke, or complications thereof. The vast majority of patients suffering acute cardiovascular events have prior exposure to at least one major risk factor such as cigarette smoking, abnormal blood lipid levels, hypertension, diabetes, abdominal obesity, and low-grade inflammation.

Pathophysiologically, the major events of myocardial infarction and ischemic stroke are caused by a sudden arrest of nutritive blood supply due to a blood clot formation within the lumen of the arterial blood vessel. In most cases, formation of the thrombus is precipitated by rupture of a vulnerable atherosclerotic plaque, which exposes chemical agents that activate platelets and the plasma coagulation system. The activated platelets form a platelet plug that is armed by coagulation-generated fibrin to form a biood clot that expands within the vessel lumen until it obstructs or blocks blood flow, which results in hypoxic tissue damage (so-called infarction). Thus, thrombotic cardiovascular events occur as a result of two distinct processes, i.e. a slowly progressing long-term vascular atherosclerosis of the vessel wall, on the one hand, and a sudden acute clot formation that rapidly causes flow arrest, on the other. This invention solely relates to the latter process.

Recently, inflammation has been recognized as an important risk factor for thrombotic events. Vascular inflammation is a characteristic feature of the atherosclerotic vessel wall, and inflammatory activity is a strong determinant of the susceptibility of the atherosclerotic plaque to rupture and initiate intravascular clotting. Also, autoimmune conditions with systemic inflammation, such as rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus and different forms of vasculitides, markedly increase the risk of myocardial infarction and stroke.

Traditional approaches to prevent and treat cardiovascular events are either targeted 1) to slow down the progression of the underlying atherosclerotic process, 2) to prevent clot formation in case of a plaque rupture, or 3) to direct removal of an acute thrombotic flow obstruction. In brief, antiatherosclerotic treatment aims at modulating the impact of general risk factors and includes dietary recommendations, weight loss, physical exercise, smoking cessation, cholesterol- and blood pressure treatment etc. Prevention of clot formation mainly relies on the use of antiplatelet drugs that inhibit platelet activation and/or aggregation, but also in some cases includes thromboembolic prevention with oral anticoagulants such as warfarin. Post-hoc treatment of acute atherothrombotic events requires either direct pharmacological lysis of the clot by thrombolytic agents such as recombinant tissue-type plasminogen activator or percutaneous mechanical dilation of the obstructed vessel.

Despite the fact that multiple-target antiatherosclerotic therapy and clot prevention by antiplatelet agents have lowered the incidence of myocardial infarction and ischemic stroke, such events still remain a major population health problem. This shows that in patients with cardiovascular risk factors these prophylactic measures are insufficient to completely prevent the occurrence of atherothrombotic events.

Likewise, thrombotic conditions on the venous side of the circulation, as well as embolic complications thereof such as pulmonary embolism, still cause substantial morbidity and mortality. Venous thrombosis has a different clinical presentation and the relative importance of platelet activation versus plasma coagulation are somewhat different with an preponderance for the latter in venous thrombosis, However, despite these differences, the major underlying mechanisms that cause thrombotic vessel occlusions are similar to those operating on the arterial circulation. Although unrelated to atherosclerosis as such, the risk of venous thrombosis is related to general cardiovascular risk factors such as inflammation and metabolic aberrations.

Panobinostat can be synthesized as follows: Reduction of 2-methylindole-3-glyoxylamide (I) with LiAlH4 affords 2-methyltryptamine (II). 4-Formylcinnamic acid (III) is esterified with methanolic HCl, and the resulting aldehyde ester (IV) is reductively aminated with 2-methyltryptamine (II) in the presence of NaBH3CN (1) or NaBH4 (2) to give (V). The title hydroxamic acid is then obtained by treatment of ester (V) with aqueous hydroxylamine under basic conditions.

Panobinostat is currently being used in a Phase I/II clinical trial that aims at curing AIDS in patients on highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART). In this technique panobinostat is used to drive the HI virus’s DNA out of the patient’s DNA, in the expectation that the patient’s immune system in combination with HAART will destroy it.^[6][7]

panobinostat

Panobinostat has been found to synergistically act with sirolimus to kill pancreatic cancer cells in the laboratory in a Mayo Clinic study. In the study, investigators found that this combination destroyed up to 65 percent of cultured pancreatic tumor cells. The finding is significant because the three cell lines studied were all resistant to the effects of chemotherapy – as are many pancreatic tumors.^[8]

Panobinostat has also been found to significantly increase in vitro the survival of motor neuron (SMN) protein levels in cells of patients suffering fromspinal muscular atrophy.^[9]

Panobinostat was able to selectively target triple negative breast cancer (TNBC) cells by inducing hyperacetylation and cell cycle arrest at the G2-M DNA damage checkpoint; partially reversing the morphological changes characteristic of breast cancer cells.^[10]

Panobinostat, along with other HDAC inhibitors, is also being studied for potential to induce virus HIV-1 expression in latently infected cells and disrupt latency. These resting cells are not recognized by the immune system as harboring the virus and do not respond to antiretroviral drugs.^[11]

Panobinostat inhibits multiple histone deacetylase enzymes, a mechanism leading to apoptosis of malignant cells via multiple pathways.^[1]

The compound N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (alternatively, N-hydroxy-3-(4-{[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acrylamide) has the formula

as described in WO 02/22577. Valuable pharmacological properties are attributed to this compound; thus, it can be used, for example, as a histone deacetylase inhibitor useful in therapy for diseases which respond to inhibition of histone deacetylase activity. WO 02/22577 does not disclose any specific salts or salt hydrates or solvates of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide.

The compounds described above are often used in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts and acid addition salts, for example, metal salts, such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, and amino acid addition salts, and sulfonate salts. Acid addition salts include inorganic acid addition salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate and phosphate, and organic acid addition salts such as alkyl sulfonate, arylsulfonate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, citrate and lactate. Examples of metal salts are alkali metal salts, such as lithium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt, aluminum salt, and zinc salt. Examples of ammonium salts are ammonium salt and tetramethylammonium salt. Examples of organic amine addition salts are salts with morpholine and piperidine. Examples of amino acid addition salts are salts with glycine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid and lysine. Sulfonate salts include mesylate, tosylate and benzene sulfonic acid salts.

……………………………..

GENERAL METHOD OF SYNTHESIS

ADD YOUR METHYL AT RIGHT PLACE

WO2002022577A2

As is evident to those skilled in the art, the many of the deacetylase inhibitor compounds of the present invention contain asymmetric carbon atoms. It should be understood, therefore, that the individual stereoisomers are contemplated as being included within the scope of this invention.

The hydroxamate compounds of the present invention can be produced by known organic synthesis methods. For example, the hydroxamate compounds can be produced by reacting methyl 4-formyl cinnamate with tryptamine and then converting the reactant to the hydroxamate compounds. As an example, methyl 4-formyl cinnamate 2, is prepared by acid catalyzed esterification of 4-formylcinnamic acid 3 (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1995; 68:2355-2362). An alternate preparation of methyl 4-formyl cinnamate 2 is by a Pd- catalyzed coupling of methyl acrylate 4 with 4-bromobenzaldehyde 5.

CHO

Additional starting materials can be prepared from 4-carboxybenzaldehyde 6, and an exemplary method is illustrated for the preparation of aldehyde 9, shown below. The carboxylic acid in 4-carboxybenzaldehyde 6 can be protected as a silyl ester (e.g., the t- butyldimethylsilyl ester) by treatment with a silyl chloride (e.g., f-butyldimethylsilyl chloride) and a base (e.g. triethylamine) in an appropriate solvent (e.g., dichloromethane). The resulting silyl ester 7 can undergo an olefination reaction (e.g., a Horner-Emmons olefination) with a phosphonate ester (e.g., triethyl 2-phosphonopropionate) in the presence of a base (e.g., sodium hydride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g., tetrahydrofuran (THF)). Treatment of the resulting diester with acid (e.g., aqueous hydrochloric acid) results in the hydrolysis of the silyl ester providing acid 8. Selective reduction of the carboxylic acid of 8 using, for example, borane-dimethylsuflide complex in a solvent (e.g., THF) provides an intermediate alcohol. This intermediate alcohol could be oxidized to aldehyde 9 by a number of known methods, including, but not limited to, Swern oxidation, Dess-Martin periodinane oxidation, Moffatt oxidation and the like.

The aldehyde starting materials 2 or 9 can be reductively aminated to provide secondary or tertiary amines. This is illustrated by the reaction of methyl 4-formyl cinnamate 2 with tryptamine 10 using sodium triacetoxyborohydride (NaBH(OAc)₃) as the reducing agent in dichloroethane (DCE) as solvent to provide amine 11. Other reducing agents can be used, e.g., sodium borohydride (NaBH ) and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaBH₃CN), in other solvents or solvent mixtures in the presence or absence of acid catalysts (e.g., acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid). Amine 11 can be converted directly to hydroxamic acid 12 by treatment with 50% aqueous hydroxylamine in a suitable solvent (e.g., THF in the presence of a base, e.g., NaOH). Other methods of hydroxamate formation are known and include reaction of an ester with hydroxylamine hydrochloride and a base (e.g., sodium hydroxide or sodium methoxide) in a suitable solvent or solvent mixture (e.g., methanol, ethanol or methanol/THF).

NOTE ….METHYL SUBSTITUENT ON 10 WILL GIVE YOU PANOBINOSTAT

……………………………….

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-(4-{[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acrylamide
lactate

(34, panobinostat, LBH589)

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

for str see above link

α-methyl-β-(β-bromoethyl)indole (29) was made according to method reported by Grandberg et al.(2. Grandberg, I. I.; Kost, A. N.; Terent’ev, A. P. Reactions of hydrazine derivatives. XVII. New synthesis of α-methyltryptophol. Zhurnal Obshchei Khimii 1957, 27, 3342–3345. )

The bromide 29 was converted to amine 30 by using similar method used by Sletzinger et al.(3. Sletzinger, M.; Ruyle, W. V.; Waiter, A. G. (Merck & Co., Inc.). Preparation of tryptamine
derivatives. U.S. Patent US 2,995,566, Aug 8, 1961.)

To a 500 mL flask, crude 2-methyltryptamine 30 (HPLC purity 75%, 1.74 g, 7.29 mmol) and 3-(4-
formyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl ester 31 (HPLC purity 84%, 1.65 g, 7.28 mmol) were added,
followed by DCM (100 mL) and MeOH (30 mL). The clear solution was stirred at room temp for 30
min, then NaBH3CN (0.439 g, 6.99 mmol) was added in small portions. The reaction mixture was
stirred at room temp overnight. After removal of the solvents, the residue was diluted with DCM and
added saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, extracted with DCM twice. The DCM layer was dried
and concentrated, and the resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 0–10%
MeOH in DCM) to afford 33 as orange solid (1.52 g, 60%). LC–MS m/z 349.2 ([M + H]+). 33 was
converted to hydroxamic acid 34 according to procedure D (Experimental Section), and the freebase
34 was treated with 1 equiv of lactic acid in MeOH–water (7:3) to form lactic acid salt which was
further recrystallized in MeOH–EtOAc to afford the lactic acid salt of 34as pale yellow solid. LC–MS m/z 350.2 ([M + H − lactate]+).

= DELTA

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  10.72 (s, 1H, NH), 7.54 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (td, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 7.8Hz, 2H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.94(q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H, lactate CH), 3.92 (s, 2H), 2.88 and 2.81 (m, each, 4H, AB system, CH2CH2),2.31 (s, 3H), 1.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).;

13C NMR (DMSO-d6)  176.7 (lactate C=O), 162.7, 139.0,
137.9, 135.2, 134.0, 132.1, 129.1, 128.1, 127.4, 119.9, 119.0, 118.1, 117.2, 110.4, 107.0, 66.0, 51.3,
48.5, 22.9, 20.7, 11.2.

…………………………………………..

PANOBINOSTAT DRUG SUBSTANCE SYNTHESIS AND DATA

http://www.google.com/patents/US7989639

A flow diagram for the synthesis of LBH589 lactate is provided in FIG. A. A nomenclature reference index of the intermediates is provided below in the Nomenclature Reference Index:

The manufacture of LBH589 lactate (6) drug substance is via a convergent synthesis; the point of convergence is the condensation of indole-amine Z3a with aldehyde 3.

The synthesis of indole-amine Z3a involves reaction of 5-chloro-2 pentanone (Z3b) with phenylhydrazine (Z3c) in ethanol at reflux (variation of Fischer indole synthesis).

Product isolation is by an extractive work-up followed by crystallization. Preparation of aldehyde 3 is by palladium catalyzed vinylation (Heck-type reaction; Pd(OAc)2/P(o-Tol)3/Bu3N in refluxing CH3CN) of 4-bromo-benzyladehyde (1) with methyl acrylate (2) with product isolation via precipitation from dilute HCl solution. Intermediates Z3a and 3 are then condensed to an imine intermediate, which is reduced using sodium borohydride in methanol below 0° C. (reductive amination). The product indole-ester 4, isolated by precipitation from dilute HCl, is recrystallized from methanol/water, if necessary. The indole ester 4 is converted to crude LBH589 free base 5 via reaction with hydroxylamine and sodium hydroxide in water/methanol below 0° C. The crude LBH589 free base 5 is then purified by recrystallization from hot ethanol/water, if necessary. LBH589 free base 5 is treated with 85% aqueous racemic lactic acid and water at ambient temperature. After seeding, the mixture is heated to approximately 65° C., stirred at this temperature and slowly cooled to 45-50° C. The resulting slurry is filtered and washed with water and dried to afford LBH589 lactate (6).

If necessary the LBH589 lactate 6 may be recrystallised once again from water in the presence of 30 mol % racemic lactic acid. Finally the LBH589 lactate is delumped to give the drug substance. If a rework of the LBH589 lactate drug substance 6 is required, the LBH589 lactate salt is treated with sodium hydroxide in ethanol/water to liberate the LBH589 free base 5 followed by lactate salt formation and delumping as described above.

All starting materials, reagents and solvents used in the synthesis of LBH589 lactate are tested according to internal specifications or are purchased from established suppliers against a certificate of analysis.

EXAMPLE 7 Formation of Monohydrate Lactate Salt

About 40 to 50 mg of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide free base was suspended in 1 ml of a solvent as listed in Table 7. A stoichiometric amount of lactic acid was subsequently added to the suspension. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature and when a clear solution formed, stirring continued at 4° C. Solids were collected by filtration and analyzed by XRPD, TGA and ¹H-NMR.

The salt forming reaction in isopropyl alcohol and acetone at 4° C. produced a stoichiometric (1:1) lactate salt, a monohydrate. The salt is crystalline, begins to dehydrate above 77° C., and decomposes above 150° C.

EXAMPLE 18 Formation of Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (4.0 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 3.4 g pure DL-lactic acid) is diluted with water (27.2 g), and the solution is heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution is allowed to cool down to room temperature and is used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide free base (10.0 g) is placed in a 4-necked reaction flask with mechanical stirrer. Demineralized water (110.5 g) is added, and the suspension is heated to 65° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes. The DL-lactic acid solution is added to this suspension during 30 min at 65° C. During the addition of the lactate salt solution, the suspension converted into a solution. The addition funnel is rinsed with demineralized water (9.1 g), and the solution is stirred at 65° C. for an additional 30 minutes. The solution is cooled down to 45° C. (inner temperature) and seed crystals (10 mg N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate monohydrate) are added at this temperature. The suspension is cooled down to 33° C. and is stirred for additional 20 hours at this temperature. The suspension is re-heated to 65° C., stirred for 1 hour at this temperature and is cooled to 33° C. within 1 hour. After additional stirring for 3 hours at 33° C., the product is isolated by filtration, and the filter cake is washed with demineralized water (2×20 g). The wet filter-cake is dried in vacuo at 50° C. to obtain the anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt as a crystalline product. The product is identical to the monohydrate salt (form H_A) in HPLC and in 1H-NMR, with the exception of the integrals of water signals in the 1H-NMR spectra.

In additional salt formation experiments carried out according to the procedure described above, the product solution was filtered at 65° C. before cooling to 45° C., seeding and crystallization. In all cases, form A (anhydrate form) was obtained as product.

EXAMPLE 19 Formation of Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (2.0 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 1.7 g pure DL-lactic acid) is diluted with water (13.6 g), and the solution is heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution was allowed to cool down to room temperature and is used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide free base (5.0 g) is placed in a 4-necked reaction flask with mechanical stirrer. Demineralized water (54.85 g) is added, and the suspension is heated to 48° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes. The DL-lactic acid solution is added to this suspension during 30 minutes at 48° C. A solution is formed. Seed crystals are added (as a suspension of 5 mg N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt, anhydrate form A, in 0.25 g of water) and stirring is continued for 2 additional hours at 48° C. The temperature is raised to 65° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes, and the suspension is stirred for additional 2.5 hours at this temperature. Then the temperature is cooled down to 48° C. within 2 hours, and stirring is continued at this temperature for additional 22 hours. The product is isolated by filtration and the filter cake is washed with demineralized water (2×10 g). The wet filter-cake is dried in vacuo at 50° C. to obtain anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt (form A) as a crystalline product.

EXAMPLE 20 Conversion of Monohydrate Lactate Salt to Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (0.59 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 0.5 g pure DL-lactic acid) is diluted with water (4.1 g), and the solution is heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution is allowed to cool down to room temperature and is used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

10 g of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt monohydrate is placed in a 4-necked reaction flask. Water (110.9 g) is added, followed by the addition of the lactic acid solution. The addition funnel of the lactic acid is rinsed with water (15.65 g). The suspension is heated to 82° C. (inner temperature) to obtain a solution. The solution is stirred for 15 minutes at 82° C. and is hot filtered into another reaction flask to obtain a clear solution. The temperature is cooled down to 50° C., and seed crystals are added (as a suspension of 10 mg N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt, anhydrate form, in 0.5 g of water). The temperature is cooled down to 33° C. and stirring is continued for additional 19 hours at this temperature. The formed suspension is heated again to 65° C. (inner temperature) within 45 minutes, stirred at 65° C. for 1 hour and cooled down to 33° C. within 1 hour. After stirring at 33° C. for additional 3 hours, the product is isolated by filtration and the wet filter cake is washed with water (50 g). The product is dried in vacuo at 50° C. to obtain crystalline anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl) ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt (form A).

EXAMPLE 21 Formation of Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (8.0 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 6.8 g pure DL-lactic acid) was diluted with water (54.4 g), and the solution was heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution was allowed to cool down to room temperature and was used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (20 g) is placed in a 1 L glass reactor, and ethanol/water (209.4 g of a 1:1 w/w mixture) is added. The light yellow suspension is heated to 60° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes, and the lactic acid solution is added during 30 minutes at this temperature. The addition funnel is rinsed with water (10 g). The solution is cooled to 38° C. within 2 hours, and seed crystals (20 mg of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt, anhydrate form) are added at 38° C. After stirring at 38° C. for additional 2 hours, the mixture is cooled down to 25° C. within 6 hours. Cooling is continued from 25° C. to 10° C. within 5 hours, from 10° C. to 5° C. within 4 hours and from 5° C. to 2° C. within 1 hour. The suspension is stirred for additional 2 hours at 2° C., and the product is isolated by filtration. The wet filter cake is washed with water (2×30 g), and the product is dried in vacuo at 45° C. to obtain crystalline anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt (form A).

EXAMPLE 28 Formation of Lactate Monohydrate Salt

3.67 g (10 mmol) of the free base monohydrate (N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl) ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide) and 75 ml of acetone were charged in a 250 ml 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and an addition funnel. To the stirred suspension were added dropwise 10 ml of 1 M lactic acid in water (10 mmol) dissolved in 20 ml acetone, affording a clear solution. Stirring continued at ambient and a white solid precipitated out after approximately 1 hour. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and stirred for an additional hour. The white solid was recovered by filtration and washed once with cold acetone (15 ml). It was subsequently dried under vacuum to yield 3.94 g of the lactate monohydrate salt of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (86.2%).

References

1. Revill, P; Mealy, N; Serradell, N; Bolos, J; Rosa, E (2007). “Panobinostat”. Drugs of the Future 32 (4): 315. doi:10.1358/dof.2007.032.04.1094476. ISSN 0377-8282.
2.  Table 3: Select epigenetic inhibitors in various stages of development from Mack, G. S. (2010). “To selectivity and beyond”. Nature Biotechnology 28 (12): 1259–1266.doi:10.1038/nbt.1724. PMID 21139608. edit
3.  ClinicalTrials.gov NCT00425555 Study of Oral LBH589 in Adult Patients With Refractory Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma
4.  ClinicalTrials.gov: LBH-589
5.  Prince, HM; M Bishton (2009). “Panobinostat (LBH589): a novel pan-deacetylase inhibitor with activity in T cell lymphoma”. Hematology Meeting Reports (Parkville, Australia: Peter MacCallum Cancer Centre and University of Melbourne) 3 (1): 33–38.
6.  Simons, J (27 April 2013). “Scientists on brink of HIV cure”. The Telegraph.
7.  ClinicalTrials.gov NCT01680094 Safety and Effect of The HDAC Inhibitor Panobinostat on HIV-1 Expression in Patients on Suppressive HAART (CLEAR)
8.  Mayo Clinic Researchers Formulate Treatment Combination Lethal To Pancreatic Cancer Cells
9.  Garbes, L; Riessland, M; Hölker, I; Heller, R; Hauke, J; Tränkle, Ch; Coras, R; Blümcke, I; Hahnen, E; Wirth, B (2009). “LBH589 induces up to 10-fold SMN protein levels by several independent mechanisms and is effective even in cells from SMA patients non-responsive to valproate”. Human Molecular Genetics 18 (19): 3645–3658. doi:10.1093/hmg/ddp313.PMID 19584083.
10.  Tate, CR; Rhodes, LV; Segar, HC; Driver, JL; Pounder, FN; Burow, ME; and Collins-Burow, BM (2012). “Targeting triple-negative breast cancer cells with the histone deacetylase inhibitor panobinostat”. Breast Cancer Research 14 (3).
11.  TA Rasmussen, et al. Comparison of HDAC inhibitors in clinical development: Effect on HIV production in latently infected cells and T-cell activation. Human Vaccines & Immunotherapeutics 9:5, 1-9, May 2013.
12. Drugs of the Future 32(4): 315-322 (2007)
13. WO 2002022577…
14. WO 2007146718
15. WO 2013110280
16. WO 2010009285
17. WO 2010009280
18. WO 2005013958
19. WO 2004103358
20. WO 2003048774…
21. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720

22. 23009203

    11-26-2012

    Selective histone deacetylase 6 inhibitors bearing substituted urea linkers inhibit melanoma cell growth.

    Journal of medicinal chemistry

23. 21634430

    7-14-2011

    Discovery of (2E)-3-{2-butyl-1-[2-(diethylamino)ethyl]-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl}-N-hydroxyacrylamide (SB939), an orally active histone deacetylase inhibitor with a superior preclinical profile.

    Journal of medicinal chemistry

24. 21417419

    4-28-2011

    Discovery, synthesis, and pharmacological evaluation of spiropiperidine hydroxamic acid based derivatives as structurally novel histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors.

    Journal of medicinal chemistry

25. 19317450

    4-23-2009

    Identification and characterization of small molecule inhibitors of a class I histone deacetylase from Plasmodium falciparum.

    Journal of medicinal chemistry

26. 15650931

    1-1-2005

    The American Society of Hematology–46th Annual Meeting and Exposition. HDAC, Flt and farnesyl transferase inhibitors.

    IDrugs : the investigational drugs journal

27. US7989639	8-3-2011	PROCESS FOR MAKING SALTS OF N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE
    US2010286409	11-12-2010	SALTS OF N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE
    US2010179208	7-16-2010	Use of HDAC Inhibitors for the Treatment of Bone Destruction
    US2010160257	6-25-2010	USE OF HDAC INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF MYELOMA
    US2010137398	6-4-2010	USE OF HDAC INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF GASTROINTESTINAL CANCERS
    US2009306405	12-11-2009	PROCESS FOR MAKING N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE AND STARTING MATERIALS THEREFOR
    US2009281159	11-13-2009	USE OF HDAC INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF LYMPHOMAS
    US2009264439	10-23-2009	Combination of a) N–4-(3-pyridyl)-2-pyrimidine-amine and b) a histone deacetylase inhibitor for the treatment of leukemia
    US2009197936	8-7-2009	SALTS OF N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE
    US2009012066	1-9-2009	Method of Use of Deacetylase Inhibitors

US2008319045	12-26-2008	Combination of Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors and Radiation
US2008221126	9-12-2008	Use of Hdac Inhibitors for the Treatment of Myeloma
US2008176849	7-25-2008	DEACETYLASE INHIBITORS
US2006189674	8-25-2006	Deacetylase inhibitors
US7067551	6-28-2006	Deacetylase inhibitors
US2006100140	5-12-2006	Combination of a) n-{5-[4-(4-methyl-piperazino-methyl)-benzoylamido]2-methylphenyl}-4- (3-pyridyl)-2-pyrimidine-amine and b) a histone deacetylase inhibitor for the treatment of leukemia
US6833384	12-22-2004	Deacetylase inhibitors
US6552065	4-23-2003	Deacetylase inhibitors

GB776693A				Title not available
GB891413A				Title not available
GB2185020A				Title not available
WO2002022577A2	Aug 30, 2001	Mar 21, 2002	Kenneth Walter Bair	Hydroxamate derivatives useful as deacetylase inhibitors
WO2003016307A1	Aug 6, 2002	Aug 19, 1993	Jolie Anne Bastian	β3 ADRENERGIC AGONISTS
WO2003039599A1	Nov 5, 2002	May 15, 2003	Ying-Nan Pan Chen	Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor/histone deacetylase inhibitor combination
WO2005105740A2	Apr 26, 2005	Nov 10, 2005	Serguei Fine	Preparation of tegaserod and tegaserod maleate
WO2006021397A1	Aug 22, 2005	Mar 2, 2006	Recordati Ireland Ltd	Lercanidipine salts

…………………………………..

extras

5. Mocetinostat (MGCD0103), including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Balasubramanian et al., Cancer Letters 280: 211-221 (2009).
Mocetinostat, has the following chemical structure and name:

,………………………………

Vorinostat, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Marks et al., Nature Biotechnology 25, 84 to 90 (2007); Stenger, Community Oncology 4, 384-386 (2007).
Vorinostat has the following chemical structure and name:

………………………

Belinostat (PXD-101 , PX-105684)

(2E)-3-[3-(anilinosulfonyl)phenyl]-N-hydroxyacrylamide

……………………………………………….

Dacinostat (LAQ-824, NVP-LAQ824,)

((E)-N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[2-hydroxyethyl-[2-(1 H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]prop-2-enamide

…………………………………………

Entinostat (MS-275, SNDX-275, MS-27-275)

4-(2-aminophenylcarbamoyl)benzylcarbamate

………………….

(a) The HDAC inhibitor Vorinostat™ or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.

Vorinostat………………..

(b) The HDAC inhibitor Givinostat or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.

Givinostat or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.

……………………………………………

 

TASIMELTION, an orphan drug for non24

N-([(1R,2R)-2-(2,3-Dihydro-1-benzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropyl]methyl)propanamide

(1R-trans)-N-[[2-(2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl)cyclopropyl]methyl]pro- pananamide VEC162

(-)-(trans)-N-[[2-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cycloprop-1-yl]methyl]propanamide

N-(((1R,2R)-2-(2,3-Dihydro-1-benzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropyl)methyl)propanamide

Bristol-Myers Squibb Company

PRODUCT PATENT

U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,529

VEC-162, BMS-214778, 609799-22-6, Hetlioz,  UNII-SHS4PU80D9,

January 31, 2014 — The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Hetlioz (tasimelteon), a melatonin receptor agonist, to treat non-24- hour sleep-wake disorder (“non-24”) in totally blind individuals. Non-24 is a chronic circadian rhythm (body clock) disorder in the blind that causes problems with the timing of sleep. This is the first FDA approval of a treatment for the disorder.

Non-24 occurs in persons who are completely blind. Light does not enter their eyes and they cannot synchronize their body clock to the 24-hour light-dark cycle.

http://www.drugs.com/newdrugs/fda-approves-hetlioz-first-non-24-hour-sleep-wake-disorder-blind-individuals-4005.html

Tasimelteon 

A year-long (2011-2012) study at Harvard is testing the use of tasimelteon in blind subjects with non-24-hour sleep–wake disorder.^[4] In May 2013Vanda Pharmaceuticals submitted a New Drug Application to the Food and Drug Administration for Tasimelteon for the treatment of non-24-hour sleep–wake disorder in totally blind people.^[5]

SEQUENCE

Discovered by Bristol-Myers Squibb (BMS) and co-developed with Vanda Pharmaceuticals, tasimelteon is a hypnotic family benzofuran. In Phase III development, it has an orphan drug status.

 JAN2014.. APPROVED FDA

In mid-November 2013 the FDA announced their recommendation for the approval of Tasimelteon for the treatment of non-24-disorder.Tasimelteon effectively resets the circadian rhythm, helping to restore normal sleep patterns.http://www.fda.gov/downloads/AdvisoryCommittees/CommitteesMeetingMaterials/Drugs/PeripheralandCentralNervousSystemDrugsAdvisoryCommittee/UCM374388.pdf

January 2010: FDA granted orphan drug tasimelteon to disturbed sleep / wake in blind without light perception.

February 2008: Vanda has completed enrollment in its Phase III trial in chronic primary insomnia.

June 2007: Results of a Phase III trial for transient insomnia tasimelteon presented by Vanda at the 21st annual meeting of the Associated Professional Sleep Societies. These results demonstrated improvements in objective and subjective measures of sleep and its maintenance.

2004 Vanda gets a license tasimelteon (or BMS-214778 and VEC-162) from Bristol-Myers Squibb.

About Tasimelteon: Tasimelteon is a circadian regulator in development for the treatment of Non-24. Tasimelteon is a dual melatonin receptor agonist (DMRA) with selective agonist activityat the MT1 and MT2 receptors.Tasimelteon’s ability to reset the master body clock in the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) results in the entrainment of the body’s melatonin and cortisol rhythms with the 24-hour day-night cycle. The patent claiming tasimelteon as a new chemical entity extends through December 2022, assuming a 5-year extension to be granted under the Hatch-Waxman Act. Tasimelteon has been granted orphan drug designation for the treatment of Non-24 from both the U.S. and the European Union.

Previously, BMS-214778, identified as an agonist of melatonin receptors, has been the subject of pre-clinical studies for the treatment of sleep disorders resulting from a disturbance of circadian rhythms.The first Pharmacokinetic studies were performed in rats and monkeys.

The master body clock controls the timing of many aspects of physiology, behavior and metabolism that show daily rhythms, including the sleep-wake cycles, body temperature, alertness and performance, metabolic rhythms and certain hormones which exhibit circadian variation. Outputs from the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) control many endocrine rhythms including those of melatonin secretion by the pineal gland as well as the control of cortisol secretion via effects on the hypothalamus, the pituitary and the adrenal glands.

This master body clock, located in the SCN, spontaneously generates rhythms of approximately 24.5 hours. These non-24-hour rhythms are synchronized each day to the 24-hour day-night cycle by light, the primary environmental time cue which is detected by specialized cells in the retina and transmitted to the SCN via the retino-hypothalamic tract. Inability to detect this light signal, as occurs in most totally blind individuals, leads to the inability of the master body clock to be reset daily and maintain entrainment to a 24-hour day.

Non-24-Hour Disorder

Non-24, also referred to as Non-24-Hour Sleep-Wake Disorder (N24HSWD) or Non-24-Hour Disorder, is an orphan indication affecting approximately 65,000 to 95,000 people in the U.S. and 140,000 in Europe. Non-24 occurs when individuals, primarily blind with no light perception, are unable to synchronize their endogenous circadian pacemaker to the 24-hour light/dark cycle. Without light as a synchronizer, and because the period of the internal clock is typically a little longer than 24 hours, individuals with Non-24 experience their circadian drive to initiate sleep drifting later and later each day. Individuals with Non-24 have abnormal night sleep patterns, accompanied by difficulty staying awake during the day. Non-24 leads to significant impairment, with chronic effects impacting the social and occupational functioning of these individuals.

In addition to problems sleeping at the desired time, individuals with Non-24 experience excessive daytime sleepiness that often results in daytime napping.TASIMELTION

The severity of nighttime sleep complaints and/or daytime sleepiness complaints varies depending on where in the cycle the individual’s body clock is with respect to their social, work, or sleep schedule. The “free running” of the clock results in approximately a 1-4 month repeating cycle, the circadian cycle, where the circadian drive to initiate sleep continually shifts a little each day (about 15 minutes on average) until the cycle repeats itself. Initially, when the circadian cycle becomes desynchronous with the 24 h day-night cycle, individuals with Non-24 have difficulty initiating sleep. As time progresses, the internal circadian rhythms of these individuals becomes 180 degrees out of synchrony with the 24 h day-night cycle, which gradually makes sleeping at night virtually impossible, and leads to extreme sleepiness during daytime hours.

Eventually, the individual’s sleep-wake cycle becomes aligned with the night, and “free-running” individuals are able to sleep well during a conventional or socially acceptable time. However, the alignment between the internal circadian rhythm and the 24-hour day-night cycle is only temporary. In addition to cyclical nighttime sleep and daytime sleepiness problems, this condition can cause deleterious daily shifts in body temperature and hormone secretion, may cause metabolic disruption and is sometimes associated with depressive symptoms and mood disorders.

It is estimated that 50-75% of totally blind people in the United States (approximately 65,000 to 95,000) have Non-24. This condition can also affect sighted people. However, cases are rarely reported in this population, and the true rate of Non-24 in the general population is not known.

The ultimate treatment goal for individuals with Non-24 is to entrain or synchronize their circadian rhythms into an appropriate phase relationship with the 24-hour day so that they will have increased sleepiness during the night and increased wakefulness during the daytime.

INTRODUCTION

Tasimelteon has the chemical name: trans-N-[[2-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cycloprop-1yl]methyl]propanamide, has the structure of Formula I:

and is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,529 and in US 20090105333, both of which are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth.

Tasimelteon is a white to off-white powder with a melting point of about 78° C. (DSC) and is very soluble or freely soluble in 95% ethanol, methanol, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, isopropanol, polyethylene glycols (PEG-300 and PEG-400), and only slightly soluble in water. The native pH of a saturated solution of tasimelteon in water is 8.5 and its aqueous solubility is practically unaffected by pH. Tasimelteon has 2-4 times greater affinity for MT2R relative to MT1R. It’s affinity (K_i) for MT1R is 0.3 to 0.4 and for MT2R, 0.1 to 0.2. Tasimelteon is useful in the practice of this invention because it is a melatonin agonist that has been demonstrated, among other activities, to entrain patients suffering from Non-24.

………………………..

SYNTHESIS

(1R-trans)-N-[[2 - (2,3-dihydro-4 benzofuranyl) cyclopropyl] methyl] propanamide PATENT: BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB PRIORITY DATE: 1996 HYPNOTIC

PREPARATION OF XV

XXIV D-camphorsulfonic acid IS REACTED WITH THIONYL CHLORIDE TO GIVE

…………XXV (1S, 4R) -7,7-dimethyl-2-oxo-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-1-methanesulfonyl chloride

TREATED WITH

XXVI ammonium hydroxide

TO GIVE

XXVII (1S, 4R) -7,7-dimethyl-2-oxo-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-1-methanesulfonamide

TREATED WITH AMBERLYST15

….XXVIII (3aS, 6R) -4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-8 ,8-dimethyl-3H-3a ,6-methano-2 ,1-benzisothiazole-2 ,2-dioxide

TREATED WITH LAH, ie double bond is reduced to get

…..XV (3aS, 6R, 7aR)-hexahydro-8 ,8-dimethyl-3H-3a ,6-methano-2 ,1-benzisothiazole-2 ,2-dioxide

Intermediate

I 3-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester

II 3-bromo-1-propene

III 3 – (2-propenyloxy) benzoic acid methyl ester

IV 3-hydroxy-2-(2-propenyl) benzoic acid methyl ester

V 2,3-dihydro-4-hydroxy-2-benzofurancarboxylic acid methyl ester

VI benzofuran-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester

VII benzofuran-4-carboxylic acid

VIII 2,3-dihydro-4-benzofurancarboxylic acid

IX 2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranmethanol

X 2,3-dihydro-4-benzofurancarboxaldehyde

XI Propanedioic acid

XII (E) -3 – (2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl) propenoic acid

XIII thionyl chloride

XIV (E) -3 – (2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl) propenoyl chloride

XV (3aS, 6R, 7aR)-hexahydro-8 ,8-dimethyl-3H-3a ,6-methano-2 ,1-benzisothiazole-2 ,2-dioxide

XVI (3aS,6R,7aR)-1-[(E)-3-(2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]hexahydro-8,8-dimethyl-3H-3a,6-methano-2,1-benzisothiazole-2,2-dioxide

XVII (3aS,6R,7aR)-1-[[(1R,2R)-2-(2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl)cyclopropyl]carbonyl]hexahydro-8,8-dimethyl-3H-3a,6-methano-2,1-benzisothiazole-2,2-dioxide

XVIII [R-(R *, R *)] -2 – (2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl) cyclopropanemethanol

XIX [R-(R *, R *)] -2 – (2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl) cyclopropanecarboxaldehyde

XX hydroxylamine hydrochloride

XXI [R-(R *, R *)] -2 – (2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl) cyclopropanecarbaldehyde oxime

XXII [R-(R *, R *)] -2 – (2,3-dihydro-4-benzofuranyl) cyclopropanemethanamine

XXIII propanoyl chloride

XXIV D-camphorsulfonic acid

XXV (1S, 4R) -7,7-dimethyl-2-oxo-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-1-methanesulfonyl chloride

XXVI ammonium hydroxide

XXVII (1S, 4R) -7,7-dimethyl-2-oxo-bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-1-methanesulfonamide

XXVIII (3aS, 6R) -4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-8 ,8-dimethyl-3H-3a ,6-methano-2 ,1-benzisothiazole-2 ,2-dioxide

Bibliography

- Patents: Benzofuran and dihydrobenzofuran melatonergic agents: US5856529 (1999)

Priority: US19960032689P, 10 Dec. 1996 (Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, U.S.)

- Preparation III (quinazolines): US2004044015 (2004) Priority: EP20000402845, 13 Oct. 2000

- Preparation of VII (aminoalkylindols): Structure-Activity Relationships of Novel Cannabinoid Mimetics Eissenstat et al, J.. Med. Chem. 1995, 38, 3094-3105

- Preparation XXVIII: Towson et al. Organic Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 8, p.104 (1993) Vol. 69, p.158 (1990)

- Preparation XV: Weismiller et al. Organic Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 8, p.110 (1993) Vol. 69, p.154 (1990).

- G. Birznieks et al. Melatonin agonist VEC-162 Improves sleep onset and maintenance in a model of transient insomnia. Sleep 2007, 30, 0773 Abstract.

-. Rajaratnam SM et al, The melatonin agonist VEC-162 Phase time immediately advances the human circadian system, Sleep 2006, 29, 0159 Abstract.

-. AK Singh et al, Evolution of a manufacturing route for a highly potent drug candidate, 229th ACS Natl Meet, March 13-17, 2005, San Diego, Abstract MEDI 576.

- Vachharajani NN et al, Preclinical pharmacokinetics and metabolism of BMS-214778, a novel melatonin receptor agonist, J Pharm Sci. 2003 Apr; 92 (4) :760-72.

. – JW Scott et al, Catalytic Asymmetric Synthesis of a melotonin antagonist; synthesis and process optimization. 223rd ACS Natl Meet, April 7-11, Orlando, 2002, Abstract ORGN 186.

…………………….

SYNTHESIS CONSTRUCTION AS IN PATENT

WO1998025606A1

GENERAL SCHEMES

Reaction Scheme 1

The syntheses of the 4-aryl-propenoic acid derivatives, 2 and 3, are shown in Reaction Scheme 1. The starting aldehydes, 1 , can be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art. Condensation of malonic acid with the aldehydes, 1, in solvents such as pyridine with catalysts such as piperidine or pyrrolidine, gives the 4-aryl- propenoic acid, 2. Subsequent conversion of the acid to the acid chloride using reagents such as thionyl chloride, phosphoryl chloride, or the like, followed by reaction with N,0-dimethyl hydroxylamine gives the amide intermediate 3 in good yields. Alternatively, aldehyde 1 can be converted directly to amide 3 using reagents such as diethyl (N-methoxy- N-methyl-carbamoylmethyl)phosphonate with a strong base such as sodium hydride.

Reaction Scheme 2

The conversion of the amide intermediate 3 to the racemic, trans- cyclopropane carboxaldehyde intermediate, 4, is shown in Reaction Scheme 2. Intermediate 3 was allowed to react with cyclopropanating reagents such as trimethylsulfoxonium iodide and sodium hydride in solvents such as DMF, THF, or the like. Subsequent reduction using reagents such as LAH in solvents such as THF, ethyl ether, or the like, gives the racemic, trans-cyclopropane carboxaldehyde intermediates, 4.

Reaction Scheme 3

Racemic cyclopropane intermediate 5 (R = halogen) can be prepared from intermediate 2 as shown in Reaction Scheme 3. Intermediate 2 was converted to the corresponding allylic alcohol by treatment with reducing agents such as sodium borohydride plus iodine in solvents such as THF. Subsequent acylation using reagents such as acetic anhydride in pyridine or acetyl chloride gave the allylic acetate which was allowed to react with cyclopropanating reagents such as sodium chloro-difluoroacetate in diglyme to provide the racemic, trans- cyclopropane acetate intermediates, 5. Reaction Scheme 4

The conversion of the acid 2 to the chiral cyclopropane carboxaldehyde intermediate, (-)-(trans)-4, is shown in Reaction Scheme 4. Intermediate 2 is condensed with (-)-2,10-camphorsultam under standard conditions, and then cyclopropanated in the presence of catalysts such as palladium acetate using diazomethane generated from reagents such as 1-methyl-3-nitro-1-nitrosoguanidine. Subsequent reduction using reagents such as LAH in solvents such as THF, followed by oxidation of the alcohol intermediates using reagents such as DMSO/oxalyl chloride, or PCC, gives the cyclopropane carboxaldehyde intermediate, (-)-(trans)-4, in good yields. The enantiomer, (+)-(trans)-4, can also be obtained employing a similar procedure using (+)-2,10- camphorsultam in place of (-)-2,10-camphorsultam.

When it is desired to prepare compounds of Formula I wherein m = 2, the alcohol intermediate may be activated in the conventional manner such as with mesyl chloride and treated with sodium cyanide followed by reduction of the nitrile group with a reducing agent such as LAH to produce the amine intermediate 6.

Reaction Scheme 5

Reaction Scheme 5 shows the conversion of intermediates 4 and 5 to the amine intermediate, 7, and the subsequent conversion of 6. or 7 to compounds of Formula I. The carboxaldehyde intermediate, 4, is condensed with hydroxylamine and then reduced with reagents such as LAH to give the amine intermediate, 7. The acetate intermediate 5 is hydrolyzed with potassium hydroxide to the alcohol, converted to the mesylate with methane sulfonyl chloride and triethyl amine in CH₂CI₂and then converted to the azide by treatment with sodium azide in solvents such as DMF. Subsequent reduction of the azide group with a reducing agent such as LAH produced the amine intermediate 7. Further reaction of 6 or 7 with acylating reagents gives compounds of Formula I. Suitable acylating agents include carboxylic acid halides, anhydrides, acyl imidazoles, alkyl isocyanates, alkyl isothiocyanates, and carboxylic acids in the presence of condensing agents, such as carbonyl imidazole, carbodiimides, and the like. Reaction Scheme 6

Reaction Scheme 6 shows the alkylation of secondary amides of Formula I (R² = H) to give tertiary amides of Formula I (R² = alkyl). The secondary amide is reacted with a base such as sodium hydride, potassium tert-butoxide, or the like, and then reacted with an alkylating reagent such as alkyl halides, alkyl sulfonate esters, or the like to produce tertiary amides of Formula I.

Reaction Scheme 7

Reaction Scheme 7 shows the halogenation of compounds of Formula I. The carboxamides, i (Q¹ = Q² = H), are reacted with excess amounts of halogenating agents such as iodine, N-bromosuccinimide, or the like to give the dihalo-compounds of Formula I (Q¹ = Q² = halogen). Alternatively, a stoichiometric amount of these halogenating agents can be used to give the monohalo-compounds of Formula I (Q¹ = H, Q² = halogen; or Q¹ = halogen, Q² = H). In both cases, additives such as lead IV tetraacetate can be used to facilitate the reaction. Biological Activity of the Compounds

The compounds of the invention are melatonergic agents. They have been found to bind human melatonergic receptors expressed in a stable cell line with good affinity. Further, the compounds are agonists as determined by their ability, like melatonin, to block the forskolin- stimulated accumulation of cAMP in certain cells. Due to these properties, the compounds and compositions of the invention should be useful as sedatives, chronobiotic agents, anxiolytics, antipsychotics, analgesics, and the like. Specifically, these agents should find use in the treatment of stress, sleep disorders, seasonal depression, appetite regulation, shifts in circadian cycles, melancholia, benign prostatic hyperplasia and related conditions

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES

SEE ORIGINAL PATENT FOR CORECTIONS

Preparation 1

Benzofuran-4-carboxaldehyde

Step 1 : N-Methoxy-N-methyl-benzofuran-4-carboxamide

A mixture of benzofuran-4-carboxylic acid [Eissenstat, et al.. J. Medicinal Chemistry, 38 (16) 3094-3105 (1995)] (2.8 g, 17.4 mmol) and thionyl chloride (25 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The solid residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and a solution of N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.8 g) in saturated NaHC0₃(60 mL) was added with stirring. After stirring for 1.5 h, the ethyl acetate layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate extracts were combined, washed with saturated NaHCO₃ and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil (3.2 g, 95.4%).

Step 2: Benzofuran-4-carboxaldehyde

A solution of N-methoxy-N-methyl-benzofuran-4-carboxamide (3.2 g, 16.6 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was cooled to -45°C and then LAH (0.7 g, 18.7 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 15 min, allowed to warm to -5°C, and then recooled to -45°C. Saturated KHS0₄ (25 mL) was added with vigorous stirring, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. The precipitate was filtered and washed with acetone. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give an oil (2.3 g, 94%). Preparation 2

2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-carboxaldehyde

Step 1 : 2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-carboxylic acid

Benzofuran-4-carboxylic acid (10.0 g, 61 .7 mmol) was hydrogenated (60 psi) in acetic acid (100 mL) over 10% Pd/C (2 g) for 12 hr. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with water (500 mL) to give 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-4-carboxylic acid as a white powder (8.4 g, 83%). A sample was recrystallized from isopropanol to give fine white needles (mp: 185.5-187.5°C).

Step 2: (2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)methanol

A solution of 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-carboxylic acid (10 g, 61 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was stirred as LAH (4.64 g, 122 mmol) was slowly added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 30 min. The mixture was cooled and quenched cautiously with ethyl acetate and then with 1 N HCI (150 mL). The mixture was then made acidic with 12 N HCI until all the inorganic precipitate dissolved. The organic layer was separated, and the inorganic layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed twice with brine, and then concentrated in vacuo. This oil was Kϋgelrohr distilled to a clear oil that crystallized upon cooling (8.53 g, 87.6%).

Step 3: 2.3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-carboxaldehyde

DMSO (8.10 mL, 1 14 mmol) was added at -78°C to a stirred solution of oxalyl chloride in CH₂CI₂ (40 mL of a 2M solution). A solution of (2,3- dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)methanol (8.53 g, 56.9 mmol) in CH₂CI₂ (35 mL) was added dropwise, and the solution stirred at -78°C for 30 min. Triethyl amine (33 mL, 228 mmol) was added cautiously to quench the reaction. The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and diluted with CH₂CI₂ (100 mL). The organic layer was washed three times with water, and twice with brine, and then concentrated in vacuo to an oil (8.42 g, 100%) that was used without purification.

Preparation 16

(±)-(trans)-2-(2,3-Dihyd robenzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropane- carboxaldehyde

Step 1 : (±Htrans)-N-Methoxy-N-methyl-2-(2.3-dihydrobenzofuran-4- yhcyclopropanecarboxamide

Trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (9.9 g, 45 mmol) was added in small portions to a suspension of sodium hydride (1 .8 g, 45 mmol) in DMF (120 mL). After the foaming had subsided (10 min), a solution of (trans)- N-methoxy-N-methyl-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)propenamide (3.5 g, 15 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was added dropwise, with the temperature maintained between 35-40°C. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. Saturated NH₄CI (50 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were combined, washed with H₂O and brine, dried over K₂CO₃, and concentrated in vacuo to give a white wax (3.7 g, 100%).

Step 2: (±)-(trans)- 2-(2.3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropane- carboxaldehyde

A solution of (±)-(trans)-N-methoxy-N-methyl-2-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran- 4-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide (3.7 g, 15 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise to a rapidly stirred suspension of LAH (683 mg, 18 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at -45°C, maintaining the temperature below -40°C throughout. The cooling bath was removed, the reaction was allowed to warm to 5°C, and then the reaction was immediately recooled to -45°C. Potassium hydrogen sulfate (3.4 g, 25.5 mmol) in H₂0 (50 mL) was cautiously added dropwise, the temperature maintained below – 30°C throughout. The cooling bath was removed and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake was washed with ether. The combined filtrates were then washed with cold 1 N HCI, 1 N NaOH, and brine. The filtrates were dried over MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo to give a clear oil (2.6 g, 99%).

Preparation 18

(-)-(trans)-2-(2.3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropane-carboxaldehyde

Step 1 : (-Htrans)-N-[3-(2.3-Dihvdrobenzofuran-4-yl)-propenoyll-2.10- camphorsultam

To a solution of (-)-2,10-camphorsultam (8.15 g, 37.9 mmol) in 50 mL toluene at 0°C was added sodium hydride (1.67 g, 41.7 mmol). After stirring for 0.33 h at 0°C and 0.5 h at 20°C and recooling to 0°C, a solution of 3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)-2-propenoyl chloride
(37.9 mmol), prepared in situ from the corresponding acid and thionyl chloride (75 mL), in toluene (50 mL), was added dropwise. After stirring for 18 h at 20°C, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water, 1 N HCI, and 1 N NaOH. The organic solution was dried and concentrated in vacuo to give 15.8 g of crude product. Recrystallization form ethanol-methanol (600 mL, 1 :1) gave the product (13.5 g, 92%, mp 199.5-200°C).

Step 2: (-)-N-[[(trans)-2-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)-cyclopropylj- carbonylj-2, 10-camphorsultam

1 -Methyl-3-nitro-1 -nitrosoguanidine (23.88g 163 mmol) was added in portions to a mixture of 10 N sodium hydroxide (60 mL) and ether (200 mL) at 0°C. The mixture was shaken vigorously for 0.25 h and the ether layer carefully decanted into a solution of (-)-N-[3-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)-2-propenoyl]-2,10-camphorsultam (9.67 g, 25 mmol) and palladium acetate (35 mg) in methylene chloride (200 mL). After stirring for 18 h, acetic acid (5 mL) was added to the reaction and the mixture stirred for 0.5 h. The mixture was washed with 1 N HCI, 1 N NaOH and brine. The solution was dried, concentrated in vacuo and the residue crystallized twice from ethanol to give the product (6.67 g, 66.5%, mp 157-159°C).

Step 3: (-)-(trans)-2-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropane- methanol

A solution of (-)-N-[(trans)-2-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cyclo-propanecarbonylj-2,10-camphorsultam (4.3 g, 10.7 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added dropwise to a mixture of LAH (0.81 g, 21.4 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at -45°C. The mixture was stirred for 2 hr while it warmed to 10°C. The mixture was recooled to -40°C and hydrolyzed by the addition of saturated KHS0 (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and filtered. The precipitate was washed twice with acetone. The combined filtrate and acetone washes were concentrated in vacuo. The gummy residue was dissolved in ether, washed with 1 N NaOH and 1 N HCI, and then dried in vacuo to give the product (2.0 g, 98.4%).

Step 4: (-)-(trans)-2-(2.3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropane- carboxaldehyde DMSO (1.6 g, 21 mmol) was added to oxalyl chloride in CH₂CI₂(7.4 mL of 2 M solution, 14.8 mmole) at -78°C. The (-)-(trans)-2-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)-cyclopropylmethanol (2.0 g, 10.5 mmol) in CH₂CI₂(15 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 20 min and then triethylamine (4.24 g, 42 mmol) was added. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was diluted with CH₂CI₂ and washed with water, 1 N HCI, and then 1 N NaOH. The organic layer was dried and concentrated iι> vacuo to give the aldehyde product (1.98 g, 100%).

Preparation 24

(-)-(trans)-2-(2.3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropane-methanamine A mixture of (-)-(trans)-2-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cyclopropane-carboxaldehyde (1.98 g, 10.5 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.29 g, 33 mmol), and 30% NaOH (3.5 mL, 35 mmol), in 5:1
ethanol/water (50 mL) was heated on a steam bath for 2 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo. and the residue mixed with water. The mixture was extracted with CH₂CI₂. The organic extracts were dried and concentrated in vacuo to give a solid which NMR analysis showed to be a mixture of the cis and trans oximes. This material was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and added to solution of alane in THF [prepared from LAH (1.14 g, 30 mmol) and H₂S0₄ (1.47 g, 15 mmol) at 0°Cj. The reaction was stirred for 18 h, and quenched successively with water (1.15 mL), 15% NaOH (1.15 mL), and then water (3.45 mL). The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was mixed with ether and washed with water and then 1 N HCI. The acid washes were made basic and extracted with CH₂CI . The extracts were dried and concentrated in vacuo to give the amine product (1.4 g, 70.5%). The amine was converted to the fumarate salt in ethanol (mp: 197-198°C).
Anal. Calc’d for C₁₂H₁₅NO • C₄H₄0₄: C, 62.94; H, 6.27; N, 4.59.
Found: C, 62.87; H, 6.31 ; N, 4.52.

FINAL PRODUCT TASIMELTEON

Example 2

(-)-(trans)-N-[[2-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)cycloprop-1-yl]methyl]propanamide

This compound was prepared similar to the above procedure using propionyl chloride and (-)-(trans)-2-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-4-yl)- cyclopropanemethanamine to give an oil that solidified upon standing to an off-white solid (61 %, mp: 71-72°C). IR (NaCI Film): 3298, 1645, 1548, 1459, 1235 cm^“1.

Mo⁵ : -17.3°

Anal. Calc’d for C₁₅H₁₉N0₂: C, 73.44; H, 7.87; N, 5.71 . Found: C, 73.28; H, 7.68; N, 5.58.

• Discovery and development of melatonin receptor agonists

References

1.  ‘Time-bending drug’ for jet lag. BBC News. 2 December 2008
2.  Vachharajani, Nimish N., Yeleswaram, Krishnaswamy, Boulton, David W. (April 2003). “Preclinical pharmacokinetics and metabolism of BMS-214778, a novel melatonin receptor agonist”. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 92 (4): 760–72. doi:10.1002/jps.10348. PMID 12661062.
3.  Shantha MW Rajaratnam, Mihael H Polymeropoulos, Dennis M Fisher, Thomas Roth, Christin Scott, Gunther Birznieks, Elizabeth B Klerman (2009-02-07). “Melatonin agonist tasimelteon (VEC-162) for transient insomnia after sleep-time shift: two randomised controlled multicentre trials”. The Lancet 373 (9662): 482–491. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(08)61812-7. PMID 19054552. Retrieved 2010-02-23.
4.  Audio interview with Joseph Hull of Harvard, spring 2011
5.  Vanda Pharmaceuticals seeks FDA approval
6. Recent progress in the development of agonists and antagonists for melatonin receptors.Zlotos DP.

   Curr Med Chem. 2012;19(21):3532-49. Review.

   7 Preclinical pharmacokinetics and metabolism of BMS-214778, a novel melatonin receptor agonist.

   Vachharajani NN, Yeleswaram K, Boulton DW.J Pharm Sci. 2003 Apr;92(4):760-72.

TASIMELTION

PATENTS

US2010261786	10-15-2010	PREDICTION OF SLEEP PARAMETER AND RESPONSE TO SLEEP-INDUCING COMPOUND BASED ON PER3 VNTR GENOTYPE
US2009209638	8-21-2009	TREATMENT FOR DEPRESSIVE DISORDERS
US6060506	5-10-2000	Benzopyran derivatives as melatonergic agents
US5981571	11-10-1999	Benzodioxa alkylene ethers as melatonergic agents
WO9825606	6-19-1998	BENZODIOXOLE, BENZOFURAN, DIHYDROBENZOFURAN, AND BENZODIOXANE MELATONERGIC AGENTS

WO2007137244A1 *	May 22, 2007	Nov 29, 2007	Gunther Birznieks	Melatonin agonist treatment
US4880826	Jun 25, 1987	Nov 14, 1989	Nava Zisapel	Melatonin antagonist
US4997845	May 10, 1990	Mar 5, 1991	Eli Lilly And Company	β-alkylmelatonins as ovulation inhibitors
US5093352	May 16, 1990	Mar 3, 1992	Whitby Research, Inc.	Antidepressant agents
US5151446	Mar 28, 1991	Sep 29, 1992	Northwestern University	Substituted 2-amidotetralins as melatonin agonists and antagonists
US5225442	Jan 3, 1992	Jul 6, 1993	Adir Et Compagnie	Compounds having a naphthalene structure
US5580878	Jun 7, 1995	Dec 3, 1996	Interneuron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.	Substituted tryptamines phenalkylamines and related compounds
US5856529	Dec 9, 1997	Jan 5, 1999	Bristol-Myers Squibb Company	Benzofuran and dihydrobenzofuran melatonergic agents
US6211225	Jun 6, 2000	Apr 3, 2001	Bristol-Meyers Squibb	Heterocyclic aminopyrrolidine derivatives as melatonergic agents
US7754902	May 18, 2006	Jul 13, 2010	Vanda Pharmaceuticals, Inc.	Ruthenium(II) catalysts for use in stereoselective cyclopropanations
US20010047016	Apr 12, 2001	Nov 29, 2001	Gregory Oxenkrug	Method for treating depression
US20050164987	Dec 22, 2004	Jul 28, 2005	Barberich Timothy J.	Melatonin combination therapy for improving sleep quality
US20090105333	May 22, 2007	Apr 23, 2009	Gunther Birznieks	Melatonin agonist treatment

extra info

Org. Synth. 1990, 69, 154

(−)-D-2,10-CAMPHORSULTAM

[3H-3a,6-Methano-2,1-benzisothiazole, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-8,8-dimethyl-2,2-dioxide, (3aS)-]

Submitted by Michael C. Weismiller, James C. Towson, and Franklin A. Davis¹.

Checked by David I. Magee and Robert K. Boeckman, Jr..

1. Procedure

(−)-2,10-Camphorsultam. A dry, 2-L, three-necked, round-bottomed flask is equipped with a 1.5-in egg-shaped Teflon stirring bar, a 250-mL addition funnel, and a 300-mL Soxhlet extraction apparatus equipped with a mineral oil bubbler connected to an inert-gas source. The flask is charged with 600 mL of dry tetrahydrofuran (THF) (Note 1) and6.2 g (0.16 mol) of lithium aluminum hydride (Note 2). Into the 50-mL Soxhlet extraction thimble is placed 35.0 g (0.16 mol) of (−)-(camphorsulfonyl)imine (Note 3) and the reaction mixture is stirred and heated at reflux. After all of the(camphorsulfonyl)imine has been siphoned into the reaction flask (3–4 hr), the mixture is allowed to cool to room temperature. The unreacted lithium aluminum hydride is cautiously hydrolyzed by dropwise addition of 200 mL of 1 Nhydrochloric acid via the addition funnel (Note 4). After the hydrolysis is complete the contents of the flask are transferred to a 1-L separatory funnel, the lower, silver-colored aqueous layer is separated, and the upper layer placed in a 1-L Erlenmeyer flask. The aqueous phase is returned to the separatory funnel and washed with methylene chloride (3 × 100 mL). After the reaction flask is rinsed with methylene chloride (50 mL), the organic washings are combined with the THF phase and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate for 10–15 min. Filtration through a 300-mL sintered-glass funnel of coarse porosity into a 1-L round-bottomed flask followed by removal of the solvent on arotary evaporator gives 33.5 g (95%) of the crude (−)-2,10-camphorsultam. The crude sultam is placed in a 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask and crystallized from approximately 60 mL of absolute ethanol. The product is collected on a 150-mL sintered-glass funnel of coarse porosity and dried in a vacuum desiccator to give 31.1 g (88%) of the pure sultam. A second crop of crystals can be gained by evaporating approximately half the filtrate; the residue is crystallized as above to give 1.4 g (4%). The combined yield of white crystalline solid, mp 183–184°C, [α]_D −30.7° (CHCl₃, c 2.3) is92% (Note 5) and (Note 6).

2. Notes

1. Tetrahydrofuran (Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.) was distilled from sodium benzophenone.

2. Lithium aluminum hydride was purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.

3. (−)-(Camphorsulfonyl)imine, [(7S)-(−)-10,10-dimethyl-5-thia-4-azatricyclo[5.2.1.0^3,7]dec-3-ene 5,5-dioxide] was prepared by the procedure of Towson, Weismiller, Lal, Sheppard, and Davis, Org. Synth., Coll. Vol. VIII, 1993, 104.

4. The addition must be very slow at first (1 drop/5 sec) until the vigorous reaction has subsided.

5. The NMR spectrum of (−)-2,10-camphorsultam is as follows: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ: 0.94 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.14 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.33 (m, 1 H), 1.47 (m,, 1 H), 1.80–2.05 (5 H), 3.09 (d, 1 H, J = 14), 3.14 (d, 1 H, J = 14), 3.43 (m, 1 H), 4.05 (br s, 1 H, NH); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃) δ: 20.17 (q, CH₃), 26.51 (t), 31.55 (t), 35.72 (t), 44.44 (d), 47.15 (s), 50.08 (t), 54.46 (s), 62.48 (d).

6. Checkers obtained material having the same mp (183–184°C) and [α]_D − 31.8° (CHCl₃, c 2.3).

3. Discussion

(−)-2,10-Camphorsultam was first prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of (−)-(camphorsulfonyl)imine overRaney nickel.² Lithium aluminum hydride reduction was used by Oppolzer and co-workers in their synthesis of the sultam.^3,4 However, because of the low solubility of the sultam in tetrahydrofuran, a large amount of solvent was required.⁴ In the procedure described here the amount of solvent is significantly reduced by using a Soxhlet extractor to convey the imine slowly into the reducing medium.⁵

Oppolzer’s chiral auxiliary,⁶ (−)-2,10-camphorsultam, is useful in the asymmetric Diels–Alder reaction,^3,4 and for the preparation of enantiomerically pure β-substituted carboxylic acids⁷ and diols,⁸ in the stereoselective synthesis of Δ²-isoxazolines,⁹ and in the preparation of N-fluoro-(−)-2,10-camphorsultam, an enantioselective fluorinating reagent.¹⁰

---

References and Notes

1. Department of Chemistry, Drexel University, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
2. Shriner, R. L.; Shotton, J. A.; Sutherland, H. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1938, 60, 2794.
3. Oppolzer, W.; Chapuis, C.; Bernardinelli, G. Helv. Chim. Acta 1984, 67, 1397.
4. Vandewalle, M.; Van der Eycken, J.; Oppolzer, W.; Vullioud, C. Tetrahedron 1986, 42, 4035.
5. Davis, F. A.; Towson, J. C.; Weismiller, M. C.; Lal, G.; Carroll,, P. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 8477.
6. Oppolzer, W. Tetrahedron 1987, 43, 1969.
7. Oppolzer, W.; Mills, R. J.; Pachinger, W.; Stevenson, T. Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1542; Oppolzer, W.; Schneider, P. Helv. Chim. Acta 1986, 69, 1817; Oppolzer, W.; Mills, R. J.; Réglier, M. Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 183; Oppolzer, W.; Poli. G.Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 4717; Oppolzer, W.; Poli, G.; Starkemann, C.; Bernardinelli, G. Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 3559.
8. Oppolzer, W.; Barras, J-P. Helv. Chim. Acta 1987, 70, 1666.
9. Curran, D. P.; Kim, B. H.; Daugherty, J.; Heffner, T. A. Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 3555.
10. Differding, E.; Lang, R. W. Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 6087.

---

Org. Synth. 1990, 69, 158

(+)-(2R,8aS)-10-(CAMPHORYLSULFONYL)OXAZIRIDINE

[4H-4A,7-Methanooxazirino[3,2-i][2,1]benzisothiazole, tetrahydro-9,9-dimethyl-, 3,3-dioxide, [4aS-(4aα,7α,8aR^*)]]

Submitted by James C. Towson, Michael C. Weismiller, G. Sankar Lal, Aurelia C. Sheppard, Anil Kumar, and Franklin A. Davis¹.

Checked by David I. Magee and Robert K. Boeckman, Jr..

1. Procedure

A. (+)-(1S)-10-Camphorsulfonamide. Into a 2-L, two-necked, round-bottomed flask, equipped with a 250-mL dropping funnel, a magnetic stirring bar, and a reflux condenser fitted with an outlet connected to a disposable pipettedipped in 2 mL of chloroform in a test tube for monitoring gas evolution, were placed 116 g (0.5 mol) ofcamphorsulfonic acid (Note 1) and 750 mL of reagent-grade chloroform. The suspension of camphorsulfonic acid was heated to reflux and 71.4 g (43.77 mL, 0.6 mol, 1.2 equiv) of freshly distilled thionyl chloride was added dropwise over a 1-hr period. Heating was continued until gas evolution (sulfur dioxide and hydrogen chloride) had ceased (approximately 9–10 hr). The resultant solution of camphorsulfonyl chloride in chloroform was converted tocamphorsulfonamide without further purification.

In a 5-L, two-necked, round-bottomed flask fitted with a 250-mL dropping funnel and a mechanical stirrer was placed a solution of 1.6 L of reagent-grade ammonium hydroxide solution and the flask was cooled to 0°C in an ice bath. The solution of the crude camphorsulfonyl chloride, prepared in the preceding section, was added dropwise to the ammonium hydroxide solution at 0–10°C over a period of 1 hr. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 4 hr, the organic layer separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride (3 × 250 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (250 mL) and dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate. Removal of the solvent on the rotary evaporator gave 104.0 g (90%) of the crudecamphorsulfonamide (Note 2) and (Note 3).

B. (−)-(Camphorsulfonyl)imine. A 1-L, round-bottomed flask is equipped with a 2-in. egg-shaped magnetic stirring bar, a Dean–Stark water separator, and a double-walled condenser containing a mineral oil bubbler connected to an inert gas source. Into the flask are placed 5 g of Amberlyst 15 ion-exchange resin (Note 4) and 41.5 g of the crude(+)-(1S)-camphorsulfonamide in 500 mL of toluene. The reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 4 hr. After the reaction flask is cooled, but while it is still warm (40–50°C), 200 mL of methylene chloride is slowly added to dissolve any(camphorsulfonyl)imine that crystallizes. The solution is filtered through a 150-mL sintered glass funnel of coarse porosity an the reaction flask and filter funnel are washed with an additional 75 mL of methylene chloride.

Isolation of the (−)-(camphorsulfonyl)imine is accomplished by removal of the toluene on the rotary evaporator. The resulting solid is recrystallized from absolute ethanol (750 mL) to give white crystals, 34.5–36.4 g (90–95%), mp225–228°C; [α]_D −32.7° (CHCl₃, c 1.9) (Note 5).

C. (+)-(2R, 8aS)-10-Camphorylsulfonyloxaziridine. A 5-L, three-necked, round-bottomed Morton flask is equipped with an efficient mechanical stirrer, a 125-mm Teflon stirring blade, a Safe Lab stirring bearing (Note 6), and a 500-mL addition funnel. Into the flask are placed the toluene solution of (−)-(camphorsulfonyl)imine (39.9 g, 0.187 mol)prepared in Step B and a room-temperature solution of 543 g (3.93 mol, 7 equiv based on oxone) of anhydrouspotassium carbonate dissolved in 750 mL of water. The reaction mixture is stirred vigorously and a solution of 345 g (0.56 mol, 6 equiv of KHSO₅) of oxone dissolved in 1250 mL of water is added dropwise in three portions over 45 min(Note 7) and (Note 8). Completion of the oxidation is determined by TLC (Note 9) and the reaction mixture is filtered through a 150-mL sintered-glass funnel of coarse porosity to remove solids. The filtrate is transferred to a 3-L separatory funnel, the toluene phase is separated and the aqueous phase is washed with methylene chloride (3 × 100 mL). The filtered solids and any solids remaining in the Morton flask are washed with an additional 200 mL of methylene chloride. The organic extracts are combined and washed with 100 mL of saturated sodium sulfite, dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate for 15–20 min, filtered, and concentrated on the rotary evaporator. The resulting white solid is crystallized from approximately 500 mL of hot 2-propanol to afford, after drying under vacuum in a desiccator, 35.9 g(84%) of white needles, mp 165–167°C, [α]_D +44.6° (CHCl₃, c 2.2) (Note 10) and (Note 11).

(−)-(2S,8aR)-10-(camphorylsulfonyl)oxaziridine is prepared in a similar manner starting from (−)-10-camphorsulfonic acid; mp 166–167°C, [α]_D +43.6° (CHCl₃, c 2.2).

2. Notes

1. (1S)-(+)-10-Camphorsulfonic acid was purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.

2. The crude sulfonamide is contaminated with 5–10% of the (camphorsulfonyl)imine, the yield of which increases on standing.

3. The ¹H NMR spectrum of (+)-(1S)-10-camphorsulfonamide is as follows: (CDCl₃) δ: 0.93 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.07 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.40–2.50 (m, 7 H), 3.14 and 3.53 (AB quartet, 2 H, CH₂-SO₂, J = 15.1), 5.54 (br s, 2 H, NH₂).

4. Amberlyst 15 ion-exchange resin is a strongly acidic, macroreticular resin purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.

5. The spectral properties of (−)-(camphorsulfonyl)imine are as follows: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ: 1.03 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.18 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.45–2.18 (m, 6 H), 2.65 (m, 1 H), 3.10 and 3.28 (AB quartet, 2 H, CH₂-SO₂, J = 14.0); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃) δ: 19.01 (q, CH₃), 19.45 (q, CH₃), 26.64 (t), 28.44 (t), 35.92 (t), 44.64 (d), 48.00 (s), 49.46 (t), 64.52 (s), 195.52 (s); IR (CHCl₃) cm⁻¹: 3030, 2967, 1366. Checkers obtained material having identical melting point and [α]_D−32.3° (CHCl₃, c 1.8).

6. The SafeLab Teflon bearing can be purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc. A glass stirring bearing lubricated with silicone grease is unsatisfactory because the dissolved salts solidify in the shaft, causing freezing.

7. Efficient stirring is important and indicated by a milky white appearance of the solution.

8. Occasionally batches of oxone purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc., have exhibited reduced reactivity in this oxidation. Oxone exposed to moisture prior to use also gives reduced reactivity in this oxidation. If this occurs, oxone is added until oxidation is complete as determined by TLC (Note 9). Potassium carbonate is added as needed to maintain the pH at approximately 9.0. Oxone stored in the refrigerator under an inert atmosphere has shown no loss in reactivity for up to 6 months.

9. Oxidation is generally complete after addition of the oxone solution. The oxidation is monitored by TLC as follows. Remove approximately 0.5 mL of the toluene solution from the nonstirring solution, spot a 250-μm TLC silica gel plate, elute with methylene chloride, and develop with 10% molybdophosphoric acid in ethanol and heating(camphorsulfonyl)imine R_f = 0.28 and (camphorylsulfonyl)oxaziridine R_f = 0.62. If (camphorsulfonyl)imine is detected, stirring is continued at room temperature until the reaction is complete (see (Note 8)). If the reaction mixture takes on a brownish color after addition of oxone and has not gone to completion after 30 min, the reaction mixture is filtered through a 150-mL sintered-glass funnel of coarse porosity, and the solids are washed with 50 mL of methylene chloride. The aqueous/organic extracts are returned to the 5-L Morton flask and stirred vigorously and 52 g (0.08 mol, 1 equiv KHSO₅) of oxone is added over 5 min and stirring continued until oxidation is complete (approximately 10–15 min).

10. The submitters employed a toluene solution of crude imine prepared in Part B and obtained somewhat higher yields (90–95%). However, the checkers obtained yields in this range on one half the scale using isolatedsulfonylimine.

11. The spectral properties of (+)-(camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine are as follows: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ: 1.03 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.18 (s, 3 H, CH₃), 1.45–2.18 (m, 6 H), 2.65 (d, 1 H), 3.10 and 3.28 (AB quartet, 2 H, CH₂-SO₂, J = 14.0); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃) δ: 19.45 (q, CH₃), 20.42 (q, CH₃), 26.55 (t), 28.39 (t), 33.64 (t), 45.78 (d), 48.16 (s), 48.32 (t), 54.07 (s), 98.76 (s). The checkers obtained material (mp 165–167°C) having [α]_D +44.7° (CHCl₃, c 2.2).

3. Discussion

Camphorsulfonamide, required for the preparation of the (camphorsulfonyl)imine, was previously prepared in two steps. The first step involved conversion of camphorsulfonic acid to the sulfonyl chloride with PCl₅ or SOCl₂. The isolated sulfonyl chloride was converted in a second step to the sulfonamide by reaction with ammonium hydroxide. This modified procedure is more efficient because it transforms camphorsulfonic acid directly to camphorsulfonamide, avoiding isolation of the camphorsulfonyl chloride.

(Camphorsulfonyl)imine has been reported as a by-product of reactions involving the camphorsulfonamide.^2,3,4,5Reychler in 1898 isolated two isomeric camphorsulfonamides,² one of which was shown to be the(camphorsulfonyl)imine by Armstrong and Lowry in 1902.³ Vandewalle, Van der Eycken, Oppolzer, and Vullioud described the preparation of (camphorsulfonyl)imine in 74% overall yield from 0.42 mol of the camphorsulfonyl chloride.⁶ The advantage of the procedure described here is that, by using ammonium hydroxide, the camphorsulfonyl chloride is converted to the sulfonamide in >95% yield.⁷ The sulfonamide is of sufficient purity that it can be used directly in the cyclization step, which, under acidic conditions, is quantitative in less than 4 hr. These modifications result in production of the (camphorsulfonyl)imine in 86% overall yield from the sulfonyl chloride.

In addition to the synthesis of enantiomerically pure (camphorylsulfonyl)oxaziridine⁷ and its derivatives,⁸ the(camphorsulfonyl)imine has been used in the preparation of (−)-2,10-camphorsultam (Oppolzers’ auxiliary),^6,9 (+)-(3-oxocamphorysulfonyl) oxaziridine,¹⁰ and the N-fluoro-2,10-camphorsultam, an enantioselective fluorinating reagent.¹¹

The N-sulfonyloxaziridines are an important class of selective, aprotic oxidizing reagents.^12 13 14 Enantiomerically pure N-sulfonyloxaziridines have been used in the asymmetric oxidation of sulfides to sulfoxides (30–91% ee),¹⁵selenides to selenoxides (8–9% ee).¹⁶ disulfides to thiosulfinates (2–13% ee),⁵ and in the asymmetric epoxidation of alkenes (19–65% ee).^17,18 Oxidation of optically active sulfonimines (R^*SO₂N=CHAr) affords mixtures of N-sulfonyloxaziridine diastereoisomers requiring separation by crystallization and/or chromatography.³

(+)-(Camphorylsulfonyl)oxaziridine described here is prepared in four steps from inexpensive (1S)-(+)- or (1R)-(+)-10-camphorsulfonic acid in 77% overall yield.⁷ Separation of the oxaziridine diastereoisomers is not required because oxidation is sterically blocked from the exo face of the C-N double bond in the (camphorsulfonyl)imine. In general, (camphorsulfonyl)oxaziridine exhibits reduced reactivity compared to other N-sulfonyloxaziridines. For example, while sulfides are asymmetrically oxidized to sulfoxides (3–77% ee), this oxaziridine does not react with amines or alkenes.⁷ However, this oxaziridine is the reagent of choice for the hydroxylation of lithium and Grignard reagents to give alcohols and phenols because yields are good to excellent and side reactions are minimized.¹⁹ This reagent has also been used for the stereoselective oxidation of vinyllithiums to enolates.²⁰

The most important synthetic application of the (camphorylsulfonyl)oxaziridines is the asymmetric oxidation of enolates to optically active α-hydroxy carbonyl compounds.^{14,21,22,23,24} Chiral, nonracemic α-hydroxy carbonylcompounds have been used extensively in asymmetric synthesis, for example, as chiral synthons, chiral auxiliaries, and chiral ligands. This structural array is also featured in many biologically active natural products. This oxidizing reagent gives uniformly high chemical yields regardless of the counterion, and stereoselectivities are good to excellent (50–95% ee).^{9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24} Since the configuration of the oxaziridine three-membered ring controls the stereochemistry, both α-hydroxy carbonyl optical isomers are readily available. Representative examples of the asymmetric oxidation of prochiral enolates by (+)-(2R,8aS)-camphorylsulfonyl)oxaziridine are given in Tables I and II.

This preparation is referenced from:

• Org. Syn. Coll. Vol. 8, 110
• Org. Syn. Coll. Vol. 9, 212
• References and Notes
  1. Department of Chemistry, Drexel University, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
  2. Reychler, M. A. Bull. Soc. Chim. III 1889, 19, 120.
  3. Armstrong, H. E.; Lowry, T. M. J. Chem. Soc., Trans. 1902, 81, 1441.
  4. Dauphin, G.; Kergomard, A.; Scarset, A. Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. 1976, 862.
  5. Davis, F. A.; Jenkins, Jr., R. H.; Awad, S. B.; Stringer, O. D.; Watson, W. H.; Galloy, J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1982, 104, 5412.
  6. Vandewalle, M.; Van der Eycken, J.; Oppolzer, W.; Vullioud, C. Tetrahedron, 1986, 42, 4035.
  7. Davis, F. A.; Towson, J. C.; Weismiller, M. C.; Lal, S.; Carroll, P. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 8477.
  8. Davis, F. A.; Weismiller, M. C.; Lal, G. S.; Chen, B. C.; Przeslawski, R. M. Tetrahedron Lett., 1989, 30, 1613.
  9. Oppolzer, W. Tetrahedron 1987, 43, 1969.
  10. Glahsl, G.; Herrmann, R. J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. I 1988, 1753.
  11. Differding, E.; Lang, R. W. Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 6087.
  12. For recent reviews on the chemistry of N-sulfonyloxaziridines, see: (a) Davis, F. A.; Jenkins, Jr., R. H. in “Asymmetric Synthesis,” Morrison, J. D., Ed.; Academic Press: Orlando, FL, 1984, Vol. 4, Chapter 4;
  13. Davis, F. A.; Haque, S. M. in “Advances in Oxygenated Processes,” Baumstark, A. L., Ed.; JAI Press: London, Vol. 2;
  14. Davis, F. A.; Sheppard, A. C. Tetrahedron 1989, 45, 5703.
  15. Davis, F. A.; McCauley, Jr., J. P.; Chattopadhyay, S.; Harakal, M. E.; Towson, J. C.; Watson, W. H.; Tavanaiepour, I. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109, 3370.
  16. Davis, F. A.; Stringer, O. D.; McCauley, Jr., J. M. Tetrahedron 1985, 41, 4747.
  17. Davis, F. A.; Chattopadhyay, S. Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 5079.
  18. Davis, F. A.; Harakal, M. E.; Awad, S. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1983, 105, 3123.
  19. Davis, F. A.; Wei, J.; Sheppard, A. C.; Gubernick S. Tetrahedron Lett. 1987, 28, 5115.
  20. Davis, F. A.; Lal, G. S.; Wei, J. Tetrahedron Lett. 1988, 29, 4269.
  21. Davis, F. A.; Haque, M. S.; Ulatowski, T. G.; Towson, J. C. J. Org. Chem. 1986, 51, 2402.
  22. Davis, F. A.; Haque, M. S. J. Org. Chem. 1986, 51, 4083; Davis, F. A.; Haque, M. S.; Przeslawski, R. M. J. Org. Chem. 1989, 54, 2021.
  23. Davis, F. A.; Ulatowski, T. G.; Haque, M. S. J. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 5288.
  24. Davis, F. A.; Sheppard, A. C., Lal, G. S. Tetrahedron Lett. 1989, 30, 779.
  25. Davis, F. A.; Sheppard, A. C.; Chen, B. C.; Haque, M. S. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1990, 112, 6679.

dedicated to lionel my son

my daughter Aishal

THEY KEEP ME GOING

Selinexor (KPT-330)

1393477-72-9

Karyopharm Therapeutics, Inc.

WO2011109799A1

WO2013019548A1

synthesis        at       http://www.allfordrugs.com/2014/06/10/karyopharm-announces-initiation-of-phase-2-study-of-selinexor-kpt-330/

• C17-H11-F6-N7-O

• 443.3099

Synonyms

• (Z)-3-(3-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-N’-(pyrazin-2-yl)acrylohydrazide
• 2-Propenoic acid, 3-(3-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-, 2-(2-pyrazinyl)hydrazide, (2Z)-
• 3-[3-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-N’-(pyrazin-2-yl)acrylohydrazide

• KPT-330
• Selinexor

Karyopharm Announces Initiation of Phase 2 Study of Selinexor (KPT-330) in Patients with …

MarketWatch

“These patients were treated in our Phase 1 clinical trial of Selinexor in … Additional Phase 1 and Phase 2 studies are ongoing or currently planned and … the discovery and development of novel first-in-class drugs directed against …

synthesis

http://www.allfordrugs.com/2014/06/10/karyopharm-announces-initiation-of-phase-2-study-of-selinexor-kpt-330/

THANKS AND REGARD’S
DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D
amcrasto@gmail.com

MOBILE-+91 9323115463

GLENMARK SCIENTIST ,  INDIA
web link

ABOUTME

BRAND ANTHONYCRASTO

COLLECTION OF SITE LINKS

http://amcrasto.bravesites.com/

http://anthonycrasto.jimdo.com/

Congratulations! Your presentation titled “Anthony Crasto Glenmark scientist, helping millions with websites” has just crossed MILLION views.

アンソニー     安东尼   Энтони    안토니     أنتوني

join my process development group on google

organic-process-development group

you can post articles and will be administered by me on the google group which is very popular across the world

https://sites.google.com/site/amcrasto/

SKILLPAGES

MIXXT

APNACIRCLE

LinkedIn group

SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

 
blogs are 

• Green Chemistry International,  
• Eurekamoments in Organic Chemistry ,   
• WIX CHEMISTRY BLOG , 
• Drug regulatory affairs international 
• ORGANIC CHEMISTRY SELECT
• ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL 
• ORGANIC SYNTHESIS INTERNATIONAL 
• ORGANIC CHEMISTRY INTERNATIONAL

MY BLOG ON MED CHEM
New Drug Approvals
ALL ABOUT DRUGS
WORLD DRUG TRACKER
MEDICINAL CHEM INTERNATIONAL
DRUG SYN INTERNATIONAL
SCALEUP OF DRUGS
ALL FOR DRUGS ON WEB
http://scholar.google.co.uk/citations?user=bxm3kYkAAAAJ 

MY CHINA AND JAPAN BLOGS

http://amcrasto.blog.fc2.com/

http://blog.sina.com.cn/u/5030268874

http://ameblo.jp/medchem-amcrasto/

VIETNAM
http://me.zing.vn/u/amcrasto

ICELAND
http://amcrasto.bland.is/
RUSSIA
http://www.100zakladok.ru/amcrasto/
http://bobrdobr.ru/people/amcrasto/

US Orphan Drug Market Outlook 2018
Academia.edu

󰁕󰁓 󰁏󰁲󰁰󰁨󰁡󰁮 󰁄󰁲󰁵󰁧 󰁍󰁡󰁲󰁫󰁥󰁴 󰁏󰁵󰁴󰁬󰁯󰁯󰁫 󰀲󰀰󰀱󰀸 󰂩󰁋󰁵󰁩󰁣󰁋 󰁒󰁥󰁳󰁥󰁡󰁲󰁣󰁨
US Orphan Drug Pipeline Insight by Phase & Indication 5.1 Research 5.2 Preclinical 5.3 Phase I 5.4 Phase I/II 5.5 Phase II 5.6 Phase II/III 5.7 Phase III …

http://www.academia.edu/7453102/US_Orphan_Drug_Market_Outlook_2018 …………… download at this site

Market Overview

In the largest market for orphan drugs, USA, there was a shortage of adequate therapies for treating many rare diseases. These therapies were not developed as companies did not expect these drugs to be highly profitable. Hence there was a lack of interest and thus investment on the part of pharma companies in the USA. Therefore, the FDA introduced incentives for developing such drugs. This step taken by the FDA was successful in creating a thriving market for orphan drugs. It was in the USA first that a special law exclusively for governing orphan drugs was framed in the form of the Orphan Drug Act of 1983. This led to an increase in the popularity of orphan drugs. The FDA also has been continuously increasing its efforts to support this market by providing significant financial and non-financial incentives to the pharmaceutical companies to attract them. This has been one of the major drivers of growth for the US orphan drugs market.

Figure 3-1: US Orphan Drug Market (US$ Billion), 2012-2018

2012201320142015201620172018

Source: KuicK Research

see my profile

http://ictmumbai.academia.edu/AnthonyMelvinCrastoPhD

ATALUREN

PTC 124

3-[5-(2-Fluorophenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl]benzoic acid

PTC Therapeutics Initiates Confirmatory Phase 3 Clinical Trial of Translarna™ (ataluren) in Patients with Nonsense Mutation Cystic Fibrosis (nmCF) – MarketWatch

http://www.marketwatch.com/story/ptc-therapeutics-initiates-confirmatory-phase-3-clinical-trial-of-translarna-ataluren-in-patients-with-nonsense-mutation-cystic-fibrosis-nmcf-2014-06-30?reflink=MW_news_stmp

Ataluren, formerly known as PTC124, is a small-molecular agent designed by PTC Therapeutics and sold under the trade nameTranslarna. It makes ribosomes less sensitive to premature stop codons (referred to as “read-through”). This may be beneficial in diseases such as Duchenne muscular dystrophy where the mRNA contains a mutation causing premature stop codons or nonsense codons. There is ongoing debate over whether Ataluren is truly a functional drug (inducing codon read-through), or if it is nonfunctional, and the result was a false-positive hit from a biochemical screen based on luciferase.^[1]

Ataluren has been tested on healthy humans and humans carrying genetic disorders caused by nonsense mutations,^[2][3] such as some people with cystic fibrosis and Duchenne muscular dystrophy. In 2010, PTC Therapeutics released preliminary results of its phase 2b clinical trial for Duchenne muscular dystrophy, with participants not showing a significant improvement in the six minute walk distance after the 48 weeks of the trial.^[4] This failure resulted in the termination of a $100 million deal with Genzyme to pursue the drug. However, other phase 2 clinical trials were successful for cystic fibrosis in Israel, France and Belgium.^[5] Multicountry phase 3 clinical trials are currently in progress for cystic fibrosis in Europe and the USA.^[6]

In cystic fibrosis, early studies of ataluren show that it improves nasal potential difference.^[7]

Ataluren appears to be most effective for the stop codon ‘UGA’.^[2]

On 23 May 2014 ataluren received a positive opinion from the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) of the European Medicines Agency (EMA).^[8]

It is not that ataluren is a complex molecule. To judge from one of the patents, synthesis is straightforward starting from 2-cyanobenoic acid and 2-fluorobenzoyl chloride, both commercially available. The synthetic steps are methylation of 2-cyanobenoic acid (iodomethane), nitrile hydrolysis with hydroxylamine, esterification with the fluoro acid chloride using DIPEA, high-temperature dehydration to the oxadiazole and finally ester hydrolysis (NaOH).

References

External links

• Ataluren’s official page on PTC Therapeutics’s website

other sources

Ataluren Molecule

Orphan drug under investigation for treatment of genetic conditions where nonsense mutations result in premature termination of polypeptides. This drug, which is convenient to deliver orally, appears to allow ribosomal transcription ofRNA to continue past premature termination codon mutations with correct reading of the full normal transcript which then terminates at the proper stop codon. Problematically it has been postulated that assay artifact may have complicated evaluation of its efficacy which appears to be less than gentamicin.^[1] Faults of this class in the transcription process are involved in several inherited diseases.

Some forms of cystic fibrosis and Duchenne muscular dystrophy are being targeted in the development stage of the drug.^[2] Phase I and II trials are promising for cystic fibrosis.^[3][4] In a mouse model of Duchenne muscular dystrophy, restoration of muscle function occurred.^[5]

A potential issue is that there may be parts of the human genome whose optimal gene function through evolution has resulted from relatively recent in evolutionary terms insertion of a premature termination codon and so functional suboptimal transcripts of other proteins or functional RNAs might result.

References

old cut paste

A large-scale, multinational, phase 3 trial of the experimental drug ataluren has opened its first trial site, in Cincinnati, Ohio.

The trial is recruiting boys with Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) or Becker muscular dystrophy (BMD) caused by anonsense mutation —  also known as a premature stop codon — in the dystrophin gene. This type of mutation causes cells to stop synthesizing a protein before the process is complete, resulting in a short, nonfunctional protein. Nonsense mutations are believed to cause DMD or BMD in approximately 10 to 15 percent of boys with these disorders.

Ataluren — sometimes referred to as a stop codon read-through drug — has the potential to overcome the effects of a nonsense mutation and allow functional dystrophin — the muscle protein that’s missing in Duchenne MD and deficient in Becker MD — to be produced.

The orally delivered drug is being developed by PTC Therapeutics, a South Plainfield, N.J., biotechnology company, to whichMDA gave a $1.5 million grant in 2005.

PTC124 has been developed by PTC Therapeutics.

Dantrolene sodium

1-[[[5-(4-nitrophenyl)-2-furanyl]methylene]amino]-2,4-imidazolidinedione

VIEW THIS POST AT BELOW LINK UNTIL FORMATTING IS FIXED

http://www.allfordrugs.com/2014/07/24/fda-approves-ryanodex-for

-the-treatment-of-malignant-hyperthermia/

FDA Approves Ryanodex for the Treatment of Malignant Hyperthermia

Migalastat hydrochloride

CAS Number: 75172-81-5 hydrochloride

CAS BASE….108147-54-2

ABS ROT = (+)

IN Van den Nieuwendijk, Adrianus M. C. H.; Organic Letters 2010, 12(17), 3957-3959 

3,4,5-Piperidinetriol,2-(hydroxymethyl)-, hydrochloride (1:1), (2R,3S,4R,5S)-

Molecular Structure:

Formula: C6H14ClNO4

Molecular Weight:199.63

Synonyms:  3,4,5-Piperidinetriol,2-(hydroxymethyl)-, hydrochloride, (2R,3S,4R,5S)- (9CI);

3,4,5-Piperidinetriol,2-(hydroxymethyl)-, hydrochloride, [2R-(2a,3a,4a,5b)]-;

Migalastat hydrochloride;Galactostatin hydrochloride;

(2S,3R,4S,5S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-3,4,5-triol hydrochloride;

• 1-Deoxygalactonojirimycin
• 1-Deoxygalactostatin
• Amigal
• DDIG
• Migalastat
• UNII-C4XNY919FW

Melting Point:160 °C-162…….http://www.google.com/patents/DE3906463A1?cl=de

Boiling Point:382.7 °C at 760 mmHg

Flash Point:185.2 °C

Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. innovator

Aug 2014

http://www.xconomy.com/new-york/2014/08/20/with-persistence-and-phase-3-win-amicus-nears-first-drug-approval/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=with-persistence-and-phase-3-win-amicus-nears-first-drug-approval

Amicus Therapeutics was on the ropes in late 2012 when its pill for a rare condition called Fabry Disease108147-54-2 failed a late-stage trial. It had already put seven years of work into the drug, and the setback added even more development time and uncertainty to the mix. But the Cranbury, NJ-based company kept plugging away, and now it looks like all the effort could lead to its first approved drug.

Amicus (NASDAQ: FOLD) is reporting today that the Fabry drug, migalastat, succeeded in the second of two late-stage trials. It hit two main goals that essentially measured its ability to slow the decline of Fabry patients’ kidney function comparably to enzyme-replacement therapy (ERT)—the standard of care for the often-fatal disorder.

Amicus believes the results, along with those from an earlier Phase 3 trial comparing migalastat to a placebo, are good enough to ask regulators in the U.S. and Europe for market approval.

“These are the good days to be a CEO,” says Amicus CEO John Crowley (pictured above). “It’s great when a plan comes together and data cooperates.”

Crowley says Amicus will seek approval of migalastat first in Europe and is already in talks with regulators there. In the next few months, Amicus will begin talking with the FDA about a path for approval in the U.S. as well.

End feb 2013

About Amicus Therapeutics

Amicus Therapeutics  is a biopharmaceutical company at the forefront of therapies for rare and orphan diseases. The Company is developing orally-administered, small molecule drugs called pharmacological chaperones, a novel, first-in-class approach to treating a broad range of human genetic diseases. Amicus’ late-stage programs for lysosomal storage disorders include migalastat HCl monotherapy in Phase 3 for Fabry disease; migalastat HCl co-administered with enzyme replacement therapy (ERT) in Phase 2 for Fabry disease; and AT2220 co-administered with ERT in Phase 2 for Pompe disease.

About Migalastat HCl

Amicus in collaboration with GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) is developing the investigational pharmacological chaperone migalastat HCl for the treatment of Fabry disease. Amicus has commercial rights to all Fabry products in the United States and GSK has commercial rights to all of these products in the rest of world.

As a monotherapy, migalastat HCl is designed to bind to and stabilize, or “chaperone” a patient’s own alpha-galactosidase A (alpha-Gal A) enzyme in patients with genetic mutations that are amenable to this chaperone in a cell-based assay. Migalastat HCl monotherapy is in Phase 3 development (Study 011 and Study 012) for Fabry patients with genetic mutations that are amenable to this chaperone monotherapy in a cell-based assay. Study 011 is a placebo-controlled study intended primarily to support U.S. registration, and Study 012 compares migalastat HCl to ERT to primarily support global registration.

For patients currently receiving ERT for Fabry disease, migalastat HCl in combination with ERT may improve ERT outcomes by keeping the infused alpha-Gal A enzyme in its properly folded and active form thereby allowing more active enzyme to reach tissues.2Migalastat HCl co-administered with ERT is in Phase 2 (Study 013) and migalastat HCl co-formulated with JCR Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd’s proprietary investigational ERT (JR-051, recombinant human alpha-Gal A enzyme) is in preclinical development.

About Fabry Disease

Fabry disease is an inherited lysosomal storage disorder caused by deficiency of an enzyme called alpha-galactosidase A (alpha-Gal A). The role of alpha-Gal A within the body is to break down specific lipids in lysosomes, including globotriaosylceramide (GL-3, also known as Gb3). Lipids that can be degraded by the action of α-Gal are called “substrates” of the enzyme. Reduced or absent levels of alpha-Gal A activity leads to the accumulation of GL-3 in the affected tissues, including the kidneys, heart, central nervous system, and skin. This accumulation of GL-3 is believed to cause the various symptoms of Fabry disease, including pain, kidney failure, and increased risk of heart attack and stroke.

It is currently estimated that Fabry disease affects approximately 5,000 to 10,000 people worldwide. However, several literature reports suggest that Fabry disease may be significantly under diagnosed, and the prevalence of the disease may be much higher.

1. Bichet, et al., A Phase 2a Study to Investigate the Effect of a Single Dose of Migalastat HCl, a Pharmacological Chaperone, on Agalsidase Activity in Subjects with Fabry Disease, LDN WORLD 2012

2. Benjamin, et al., Molecular Therapy: April 2012, Vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 717–726.

http://clinicaltrials.gov/show/NCT01458119

http://www.docstoc.com/docs/129812511/migalastat-hcl

Migalastat hydrochloride is a pharmacological chaperone in phase III development at Amicus Pharmaceuticals for the oral treatment of Fabry’s disease. Fabry’s disease occurs as the result of an inherited genetic mutation that results in the production of a misfolded alpha galactosidase A (alpha-GAL) enzyme, which is responsible for breaking down globotriaosylceramide (GL-3) in the lysosome. Migalastat acts by selectively binding to the misfolded alpha-GAL, increasing its stability and promoting proper folding, processing and trafficking of the enzyme from the endoplasmic reticulum to the lysosome.

In February 2004, migalastat hydrochloride was granted orphan drug designation by the FDA for the treatment of Fabry’s disease.

The EMEA assigned orphan drug designation for the compound in 2006 for the treatment of the same indication. In 2007, the compound was licensed to Shire Pharmaceuticals by Amicus Therapeutics worldwide, with the exception of the U.S., for the treatment of Fabry’s disease.

In 2009, this license agreement was terminated. In 2010, the compound was licensed by Amicus Therapeutics to GlaxoSmithKline on a worldwide basis to develop, manufacture and commercialize migalastat hydrochloride as a treatment for Fabry’s disease, but the license agreement terminated in 2013.

………………………..

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO1999062517A1?cl=en

Example 1

A series of plant alkaloids (Scheme 1, ref. 9) were used for both in vitro inhibition and intracellular enhancement studies of α-Gal A activity. The results of inhibition experiments are shown in Fig. 1 A.

f^

Among the tested compounds, 1-deoxy-galactonojirimycin (DGJ, 5) known as a powerful competitive inhibitor for α-Gal A, showed the highest inhibitory activity with IC₅₀ at 4.7 nM. α-3,4-Di-epi-homonojirimycin (3) was an effective inhibitor with IC₅₀ at 2.9 μM. Other compounds showed moderate inhibitory activity with IC₅₀ ranging from 0.25 mM (6) to 2.6 mM (2). Surprisingly, these compounds also effectively enhanced α-Gal A activity in COS-1 cells transfected with a mutant α-Gal A gene (R301Q), identified from an atypical variant form of Fabry disease with a residual α- Gal A activity at 4% of normal. By culturing the transfected COS-1 cells with these compounds at concentrations cat 3 – 10-fold of IC₅₀ of the inhibitors, α-Gal A activity was enhanced 1.5 – 4-fold (Fig. 1C). The effectiveness of intracellular enhancement paralleled with in vitro inhibitory activity while the compounds were added to the culture medium at lOμM

concentration (Fig. IB).

………………………

WO 2008045015

or  http://www.google.com/patents/EP2027137A1?cl=en, http://www.google.com/patents/US7973157?cl=en

This invention relates to a process for purification of imino or amino sugars, such as D-1-deoxygalactonojirimycin hydrochloride (DGJ’HCl). This process can be used to produce multi-kilogram amounts of these nitrogen-containing sugars.

Sugars are useful in pharmacology since, in multiple biological processes, they have been found to play a major role in the selective inhibition of various enzymatic functions. One important type of sugars is the glycosidase inhibitors, which are useful in treatment of metabolic disorders. Galactosidases catalyze the hydrolysis of glycosidic linkages and are important in the metabolism of complex carbohydrates. Galactosidase inhibitors, such as D-I- deoxygalactonojirimycin (DGJ), can be used in the treatment of many diseases and conditions, including diabetes (e.g., U.S. Pat. 4,634,765), cancer (e.g., U.S. Pat. 5,250,545), herpes (e.g. , U.S. Pat. 4,957,926), HIV and Fabry Disease (Fan et al, Nat. Med. 1999 5:1, 112-5).

Commonly, sugars are purified through chromatographic separation. This can be done quickly and efficiently for laboratory scale synthesis, however, column chromatography and similar separation techniques become less useful as larger amounts of sugar are purified. The size of the column, amount of solvents and stationary phase (e.g. silica gel) required and time needed for separation each increase with the amount of product purified, making purification from multi-kilogram scale synthesis unrealistic using column chromatography.

Another common purification technique for sugars uses an ion- exchange resin. This technique can be tedious, requiring a tedious pre-treatment of the ion exchange resin. The available ion exchange resins are also not necessarily able to separate the sugars from salts (e.g., NaCl). Acidic resins tend to remove both metal ions found in the crude product and amino- or imino-sugars from the solution and are therefore not useful. Finding a resin that can selectively remove the metal cations and leave amino- or imino-sugars in solution is not trivial. In addition, after purification of a sugar using an ion exchange resin, an additional step of concentrating the diluted aqueous solution is required. This step can cause decomposition of the sugar, which produces contaminants, and reduces the yield.

U.S. Pats. 6,740,780, 6,683,185, 6,653,482, 6,653,480, 6,649,766, 6,605,724, 6,590,121, and 6,462,197 describe a process for the preparation of imino- sugars. These compounds are generally prepared from hydroxyl-protected oxime intermediates by formation of a lactam that is reduced to the hexitol. However, this process has disadvantages for the production on a multi-kg scale with regard to safety, upscaling, handling, and synthesis complexity. For example, several of the disclosed syntheses use flash chromatography for purification or ion-exchange resin treatment, a procedure that is not practicable on larger scale. One particularly useful imino sugar is DGJ. There are several DGJ preparations disclosed in publications, most of which are not suitable for an industrial laboratory on a preparative scale (e.g., >100 g). One such synthesis include a synthesis from D-galactose (Santoyo-Gonzalez, et al, Synlett 1999 593-595; Synthesis 1998 1787-1792), in which the use of chromatography is taught for the purification of the DGJ as well as for the purification of DGJ intermediates. The use of ion exchange resins for the purification of DGJ is also disclosed, but there is no indication of which, if any, resin would be a viable for the purification of DGJ on a preparative scale. The largest scale of DGJ prepared published is 13 g (see Fred-Robert Heiker, Alfred Matthias Schueller, Carbohydrate Research, 1986, 119-129). In this publication, DGJ was isolated by stirring with ion-exchange resin Lewatit MP 400 (OH^“) and crystallized with ethanol. However, this process cannot be readily scaled to multi- kilogram quantities.

Similarly, other industrial and pharmaceutically useful sugars are commonly purified using chromatography and ion exchange resins that cannot easily be scaled up to the purification of multi-kilogram quantities.

Therefore, there is a need for a process for purifying nitrogen- containing sugars, preferably hexose amino- or imino-sugars that is simple and cost effective for large-scale synthesis

FIG. 1. HPLC of purified DGJ after crystallization. The DGJ is over 99.5% pure.

FIG. 2A. ¹H NMR of DGJ (post HCl extraction and crystallization), from 0 – 15 ppm in DMSO.

FIG. 2B. ¹H NMR of DGJ (post HCl extraction and crystallization), from 0 – 5 ppm, in DMSO.

FIG. 3 A. ¹H NMR of purified DGJ (after recrystallization), from 0 – 15 ppm, in D₂O. Note OH moiety has exchanged with OD.

FIG. 3B. ¹H NMR of purified DGJ (after recrystallization), from 0 -

4 ppm, in D₂O. Note OH moiety has exchanged with OD.

FIG. 4. ¹³C NMR of purified DGJ, (after recrystallization), 45 – 76 ppm.

One amino-sugar of particular interest for purification by the method of the current invention is DGJ. DGJ, or D-l-deoxygalactonojirimycin, also described as (2R,3S,4R,5S)-2-hydroxymethyl-3,4,5-trihydroxypiperidine and 1- deoxy-galactostatin, is a noj irimycin (5-amino-5-deoxy-D-galactopyranose) derivative of the form:

……………………….

Synthesis of (+)-1-deoxygalactonojirimycin and a related indolizidine

Tetrahedron Lett 1995, 36(5): 653

• Synthesis of (+)-1-deoxygalactonojirimycin and a related indolizidine

  Original Research Article

• Pages 653-654
• Carl R. Johnson, Adam Golebiowski, Hari Sundram, Michael W. Miller, Renee L. Dwaihy

• Amido-alcohol 1 is transformed via aminal 2 into 1-deoxygalactonojirimycin (3) and indolizidine 4.

Amido-alcohol 1 is transformed via aminal 2 into 1-deoxygalactonojirimycin (3) and the structurally related indolizidine 4.

………………………

Synthesis of D-galacto-1-deoxynojirimycin (1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-D-galactitol) starting from 1-deoxynojirimycin

Carbohydr Res 1990, 203(2): 314

• Synthesis of d-galacto-1-deoxynojirimycin (1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-d-galactitol) starting from 1-deoxynojirimycin

• Pages 314-318
• Fred-Robert Heiker, Alfred Matthias Schueller
• • First page PDF

………………………………..

Synthesis of (+)-1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-D-galactitol, a potent alpha-D-galactosidase inhibitor

Carbohydr Res 1987, 167: 305

• Synthesis of (+)-1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-d-galactitol, a potent α-d-galactosidase inhibitor

• Pages 305-311
• Ronald C. Bernotas, Michael A. Pezzone, Bruce Ganem
• • First page PDF

……………………………..

SEE

Monosaccharides containing nitrogen in the ring, XXXVII. Synthesis of 1,5-didexy-1,5-imino-D-galactitol

Chem Ber 1980, 113(8): 2601

…………………………

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ol101556k

IN

van den Nieuwendijk, Adrianus M. C. H.; Organic Letters 2010, 12(17), 3957-3959 

The chemoenzymatic synthesis of three 1-deoxynojirimycin-type iminosugars is reported. Key steps in the synthetic scheme include a Dibal reduction−transimination−sodium borohydride reduction cascade of reactions on an enantiomerically pure cyanohydrin, itself prepared employing almond hydroxynitrile lyase (paHNL) as the common precursor. Ensuing ring-closing metathesis and Upjohn dihydroxylation afford the target compounds.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/ol101556k/suppl_file/ol101556k_si_002.pdf

COMPD 18

D-galacto-1-deoxynojirimicin.HCl (18).

D-N-Boc-6-OBn-galacto-1-deoxynojirimicin (159 mg, 0.450 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH

(10 mL) and 6 M HCl (2 mL). The flask was purged with argon, Pd/C-10% (20 mg) was added and a balloon

with hydrogen gas was placed on top of the reaction. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.

Pd/C was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated to yield the crude product (90 mg, 100%) as a

white foam that needed no further purification.

[α]24D = + 53.0 (c = 1, H2O);

[lit4a [α]24D = +44.6 (c = 0.9, H2O); lit4b [α]20D = +46.1 (c = 0.9, H2O)].

HRMS calculated for [C6H13NO4 + H]+164.09173; Found 164.09160.

1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 4.20 (dd, J = 2.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (ddd, J = 11.4, 9.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (ddd,

J = 20.9, 12.2, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (dd, J = 12.5, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (ddd, J = 8.6,

4.8, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 2.97 – 2.86 (t, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H). [lit4c supporting information contains 1

H NMR-spectrumof an authentic sample].

13C NMR (101 MHz, D2O) δ 73.01, 66.97, 64.69, 60.16, 59.15, 46.15

4a) Ruiz, M.; Ruanova, T. M.; Blanco, O.; Núñez, F.; Pato, C.; Ojea, V. J. Org. Chem. 2008, 73, 2240

– 2255.

4b) Paulsen, H.; Hayauchi, Y.; Sinnwell, V. Chem. Ber. 1980, 113, 2601 – 2608. c)

McDonnell, C.; Cronin, L.; O’Brien, J. L.; Murphy, P. V. J. Org. Chem. 2004, 69, 3565 – 3568.

……………………………………….

(- ) FORM………… BE CAREFUL

Short and straightforward synthesis of (-)-1-deoxygalactonojirimycin

Org Lett 2010, 12(6): 1145

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ol100037c

The mildness and low basicity of vinylzinc species functioning as a nucleophile in addition to α-chiral aldehydes is characterized by lack of epimerization of the vulnerable stereogenic center. This is demonstrated by a highly diastereoselective synthesis of 1-deoxygalactonojirimycin in eight steps from commercial starting materials with overall yield of 35%.

…………………………………………………..

Concise and highly stereocontrolled synthesis of 1-deoxygalactonojirimycin and its congeners using dioxanylpiperidene, a promising chiral building block

Org Lett 2003, 5(14): 2527

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/ol034886y

A concise and stereoselective synthesis of the chiral building block, dioxanylpiperidene 4 as a precursor for deoxyazasugars, starting from the Garner aldehyde 5 using catalytic ring-closing metathesis (RCM) for the construction of the piperidine ring is described. The asymmetric synthesis of 1-deoxygalactonojirimycin and its congeners 1−3 was carried out via the use of 4in a highly stereocontrolled mode.

mp 135-135.5 °C [lit.3mp 137-139 °C];

[α]D25 +27.8° (c 0.67, H2O)

[lit.3[α]D23 +28° (c 0.5, H2O)];

1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 2.59–2.65 (m, 1H), 2.81–2.87 (m, 1H),

3.02–3.08 (m, 1H), 3.46–3.48 (m, 2H), 3.59–3.66 (m, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, D2O) δ 44.7, 57.1,

58.4, 70.9, 71.4, 73.3 [lit4 13C NMR (125 MHz, D2O) δ 44.5, 56.8, 58.3, 70.1, 70.7, 72.3];

HRMScalcd for C6H13NO4 (M+) 163.0855, Found 163.0843. Anal. calcd for C6H13NO4: C, 44.16; N,

8.58; H, 8.03. Found: C, 44.31; N, 8.55; H, 7.71.

3. Schaller, C.; Vogel, P.; Jager, V. Carbohydrate Res. 1998, 314, 25-35.

4. Lee, B. W.; Jeong, Ill-Y.; Yang, M. S.; Choi, S. U.; Park, K. H. Synthesis 2000, 1305-1309.

…………………………………………..

Applications and limitations of the I2-mediated carbamate annulation for the synthesis of piperidines: Five- versus six-membered ring formation

J Org Chem 2013, 78(19): 9791

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo401512h

A protecting-group-free synthetic strategy for the synthesis of piperidines has been explored. Key in the synthesis is an I2-mediated carbamate annulation, which allows for the cyclization of hydroxy-substituted alkenylamines into piperidines, pyrrolidines, and furans. In this work, four chiral scaffolds were compared and contrasted, and it was observed that with both d-galactose and 2-deoxy-d-galactose as starting materials, the transformations into the piperidines 1-deoxygalactonorjirimycin (DGJ) and 4-epi-fagomine, respectively, could be achieved in few steps and good overall yields. When d-glucose was used as a starting material, only the furan product was formed, whereas the use of 2-deoxy-d-glucose resulted in reduced chemo- and stereoselectivity and the formation of four products. A mechanistic explanation for the formation of each annulation product could be provided, which has improved our understanding of the scope and limitations of the carbamate annulation for piperidine synthesis.

……………………………………………

Ruiz, Maria; Journal of Organic Chemistry 2008, 73(6), 2240-2255 

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo702601z

ROT  +44.6 °  Conc: 0.9 g/100mL; Solv: water ;  589.3 nm; Temp: 24 °C

A general strategy for the synthesis of 1-deoxy-azasugars from a chiral glycine equivalent and 4-carbon building blocks is described. Diastereoselective aldol additions of metalated bislactim ethers to matched and mismatched erythrose or threose acetonides and intramolecular N-alkylation (by reductive amination or nucleophilic substitution) were used as key steps. The dependence of the yield and the asymmetric induction of the aldol addition with the nature of the metallic counterion of the azaenolate and the γ-alkoxy protecting group for the erythrose or threose acetonides has been studied. The stereochemical outcome of the aldol additions with tin(II) azaenolates has been rationalized with the aid of density functional theory (DFT) calculations. In accordance with DFT calculations with model glyceraldehyde acetonides, hightrans,syn,anti-selectivitity for the matched pairs and moderate to low trans,anti,anti-selectivity for the mismatched ones may originate from (1) the intervention of solvated aggregates of tin(II) azaenolate and lithium chloride as the reactive species and (2) favored chair-like transition structures with a Cornforth-like conformation for the aldehyde moiety. DFT calculations indicate that aldol additions to erythrose acetonides proceed by an initial deprotonation, followed by coordination of the alkoxy-derivative to the tin(II) azaenolate and final reorganization of the intermediate complex through pericyclic transition structures in which the erythrose moiety is involved in a seven-membered chelate ring. The preparative utility of the aldol-based approach was demonstrated by application in concise routes for the synthesis of the glycosidase inhibitors 1-deoxy-d-allonojirimycin, 1-deoxy-l-altronojirimycin, 1-deoxy-d-gulonojirimycin, 1-deoxy-d-galactonojirimycin, 1-deoxy-l-idonojirimycin and 1-deoxy-d-talonojirimycin.

…………………..

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo00002a057

………………

Hinsken, Werner; DE 3906463 A1 1990

http://www.google.com/patents/DE3906463A1?cl=de

Example 1 Preparation of 1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-D-glucitol hydrobromide

A suspension of 1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-D-glucitol (500 g) in isopropanol (2 l) with 48% hydrochloric acid, bromine (620 g). The suspension is stirred for 2 hours at 40 ° C, cooled to 0 ° C and the product isolated by filtration.

Yield: 700 g (93% of theory),
mp: 184 ° C.

Example 2 Preparation of 1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-D-mannitol hydrobromide

The prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1,5-dideoxy 1,5-imino-D-mannitol and 48% hydrobromic acid.

Yield: 89% of theory;

C₆H₁₄NO₄Br (244.1)
Ber .: C 29.5%; H 5.8%; N 5.7%; Br 32.7%;
vascular .: C 29.8%; H 5.8%; N 5.8%; Br 32.3%.

Example 3 Preparation of 1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-D-Galactitol- hydrochloride

The preparation was carried out analogously to Example 1 from 1,5-dideoxy-1,5-imino-D-galactitol and corresponding mole ratios of 37% hydrochloric acid.
yield: 91% of theory
, mp: 160-162 ° C.

1-Deoxygalactonojirimycin:

(a) Liguchi, T.; Tajiri, K.; Ninomiya, I.; Naito, T. Tetrahedron2000, 56, 5819−5833.

(b) Mehta, G.; Mohal, N. Tetrahedron Lett. 2000, 41, 5741−5745.

(c) Asano, K.; Hakogi, T.; Iwama, S.; Katsumura, S. Chem. Commun. 1999, 41−42.

(d) Johnson, C. R.; Golebiowsky, A.; Sundram, H.; Miller, M. W.; Dwaihy, R. L. TetraherdonLett. 1995, 36, 653−654.

(e) Uriel, C.; Santoyo-Gonzalez, F. Synlett 1999, 593−595.

(f) Ruiz, M.; Ruanova, T. M.; Ojea, V.; Quintela, J. M. Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40, 2021−2024.

(g) Shilvock, J. P.; Fleet, G. W. J. Synlett 1998, 554−556.

(h) Chida, N.; Tanikawa, T.; Tobe, T.; Ogawa, S. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1994, 1247−1248.

(i) Aoyagi, S.; Fujimaki, S.; Yamazaki, N.; Kibayashi, C. J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 815−819.

(j) Kajimoto, T.; Chen, L.; Liu, K. K. C.; Wong, C. H. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 6678−6680.

(k) Bernotas, R. C.; Pezzone, M. A.; Ganem, B. Carbohydr. Res. 1987, 167, 305−311. 1-Deoxyidonojirimycin:

(l) Singh, O. V.; Han, H. Tetrahedron Lett. 2003, 44, 2387−2391.

(m) Schaller, C.; Vogel, P.; Jager, V. Carbohydr. Res. 1998, 314, 25−35.

(n) Fowler, P. A.; Haines, A. H.; Taylor, R. J. K.; Chrystal, E. J. T.; Gravestock, M. B. Carbohydr. Res. 1993,246 377−381.

(o) Liu, K. K. C.; Kajimoto, T.; Chen, L.; Zhong, Z.; Ichikawa, Y.; Wong, C. H.J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 6280−6289. 1-Deoxygulonojirimycin:  ref 5l.

(p) Haukaas, M. H.; O’Doherty, G. A. Org. Lett. 2001, 3, 401−404.

(q) Ruiz, M.; Ojea, V.; Ruanova, T. M.; Quintela, J. M. Tetrahedron:  Asymmetry 2002, 13, 795−799. (r) Liao, L.-X.; Wang, Z.-M.; Zhang, H.-X.; Zhou, W.-S. Tetrahedron:  Asymmetry 1999, 10, 3649−3657.

FDA Gives Insys Pharmaceutical Cannabidiol Orphan Status

Insys Therapeutics Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company that is developing and commercializing innovative drugs and novel drug delivery systems, announced that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted orphan drug designation (ODD) to its pharmaceutical cannabidiol (CBD) for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme (GBM), the most common and most aggressive malignant primary brain tumor in humans.

 

 

read at

http://www.dddmag.com/news/2014/08/fda-gives-insys-pharmaceutical-cannabidiol-orphan-status?et_cid=4117613&et_rid=523035093&type=cta

- See more at: http://worlddrugtracker.blogspot.in/#sthash.mFuiI6Hm.dpuf

Duvelisib

Infinity and AbbVie partner to develop and commercialise duvelisib for cancer

INK 1197; IPI 145; 8-Chloro-2-phenyl-3-[(1S)-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl]-1(2H)-isoquinolinone

1(2H)-Isoquinolinone, 8-chloro-2-phenyl-3-((1S)-1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-
8-Chloro-2-phenyl-3-((1S)-1-(7H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)isoquinolin-1(2H)-one

(S)-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one

UNII-610V23S0JI; IPI-145; INK-1197;

Originator…….. Millennium Pharmaceuticals

 
Infinity Pharmaceuticals has partnered with AbbVie to develop and commercialise its duvelisib (IPI-145), an oral inhibitor of phosphoinositide-3-kinase (PI3K)-delta and PI3K-gamma, to treat patients with cancer. 

Infinity Pharmaceuticals has partnered with AbbVie to develop and commercialise its duvelisib (IPI-145), an oral inhibitor of phosphoinositide-3-kinase (PI3K)-delta and PI3K gamma, to treat patients with cancer.

Duvelisib has shown clinical activity against different blood cancers, such as indolent non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (iNHL) and chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL).

AbbVie executive vice-president and chief scientific officer Michael Severino said: “We believe that duvelisib is a very promising investigational treatment based on clinical data showing activity in a broad range of blood cancers.”

http://www.pharmaceutical-technology.com/news/newsinfinity-abbvie-partner-develop-commercialise-duvelisib-cancer-4363381?WT.mc_id=DN_News 

Duvelisib (IPI-145,  INK-1197), an inhibitor of PI3K-delta and –gamma, originated at Takeda subsidiary Intellikine. It is now being developed by Infinity Pharmaceuticals, which began a phase III trial in November, following US and EU grant of orphan drug status for both CLL and small lymphocytic leukemia

INK-1197 is a dual phosphatidylinositol 3-Kinase delta (PI3Kdelta) and gamma (PI3Kgamma) inhibitor in phase III clinical development at Infinity Pharmaceuticals for the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia and small lymphocytic lymphoma. The company is also carring phase II trials for the treatment of patients with mild asthma undergoing allergen challenge, for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and for the treatment of refractory indolent non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Phase I clinical trials for the treatment of advanced hematological malignancies (including T-cell lymphoma and mantle cell lymphoma) are currently under way.
IPI-145 is an oral inhibitor of phosphoinositide-3-kinase (PI3K)-delta and PI3K-gamma. The PI3K-delta and PI3K-gamma isoforms are preferentially expressed in leukocytes (white blood cells), where they have distinct and non-overlapping roles in key cellular functions, including cell proliferation, cell differentiation, cell migration and immunity. Targeting PI3K-delta and PI3K-gamma may provide multiple opportunities to develop differentiated therapies for the treatment of blood cancers and inflammatory diseases.
Licensee Infinity Pharmaceuticals is developing INK-1197. In 2014, Infinity licensed Abbvie for joint commercialization in the U.S. and exclusive commercialization elsewhere. Originator Millennium Pharmaceuticals had also been developing the compound; however, no recent development has been reported for this research. In 2013, orphan drug designations were assigned by the FDA and the EMA for the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia, for the treatment of small lymphocytic lymphoma and for the treatment of follicular lymphoma.

currently enrolling patients DYNAMO™, a Phase 2 study designed to evaluate the activity and safety of IPI-145 in approximately 120 people with refractory indolent non-Hodgkin lymphoma (iNHL) and DUO™, a Phase 3 clinical study of IPI-145 in approximately 300 people with relapsed/refractory chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL). These studies are supported by Phase 1 data reported at the 2013 American Society of Hematology (ASH) Annual Meeting which showed that IPI-145 was well tolerated and clinically active in a broad range of malignancies, including iNHL and CLL. These studies are part of DUETTS™, a worldwide investigation of IPI-145 in blood cancers.

WO 2011008302

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2011008302A1?cl=en

Reaction Scheme 1

Reaction Scheme 2:

201 202 203

204 205

Reaction Scheme 3:

Reaction Scheme 4A:

Reaction Scheme 4B:

2

Example 14b: Synthesis of (S)-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one (9)

(compound 4904)

Scheme 27b. The synthesis of (S)-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one (9)

(compound 4904) is described.

[00493] The compound of Formula 4904 (compound 292 in Table 4) was synthesized using the synthetic transformations as described in Examples 12 and 14a, but 2-chloro-6-methyl benzoic acid (compound 4903) was used instead of 2, 6 ,dimethyl benzoic acid (compound 4403). By a similar method, compound 328 in Table 4 was synthesized using the synthetic transformations as described starting from the 2-chloro-6-methyl m-fluorobenzoic acid.

 

…………………………………….

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2012097000A1?cl=en  OR   http://www.google.com/patents/US8809349?cl=en

Formula (I):

(I),

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the method comprises any one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight, or more of the following steps:

“Formula (I)” includes (S)-3-(l -(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2- phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one in its imide tautomer shown below as (1-1) and in its lactim tautomer shown below as (1-2):

(1-1)………………………………………………………………………………… (1-2)

[0055] FIG. 27 shows an FT-IR spectra of Polymorph Form C.

 

 

[0056] FIG. 28 shows a ‘H-NMR spectra of Polymorph Form C.

 

 

[0057] FIG. 29 shows a ¹³C-NMR spectra of Polymorph Form C.

 

Example 1

Synthesis of (S)-3-(l-aminoethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one

Example 1A

1 2

[00563] Compound 1 (6.00 kg) was treated with 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (HOBt^»H₂0), triethylamine, Ν,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride, and EDCI in dimethylacetamide (DMA) at

10 °C. The reaction was monitored by proton NMR and deemed complete after 2.6 hours, affording Compound 2 as a white solid in 95% yield. The R-enantiomer was not detected by proton NMR using (R)-(- ) -alpha-ace tylmandelic acid as a chiral-shift reagent.

[00564] Compound 3 (4.60 kg) was treated with p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and 3,4-dihydro-2H- pyran (DHP) in ethyl acetate at 75 °C for 2.6 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC. Upon completion of the reaction, Compound 4 was obtained as a yellow solid in 80% yield with >99% (AUC) purity by HPLC analysis.

[00565] Compound 5 (3.30 kg) was treated with thionyl chloride and a catalytic amount of DMF in methylene chloride at 25 °C for five hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC which indicated a 97.5% (AUC) conversion to compound 6. Compound 6 was treated in situ with aniline in methylene chloride at 25 °C for 15 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC and afforded Compound 7 as a brown solid in 81% yield with >99% (AUC) purity by HPLC analysis. [00566] Compound 2 was treated with 2.0 M isopropyl Grignard in THF at -20 °C. The resulting solution was added to Compound 7 (3.30 kg) pre -treated with 2.3 M n-hexyl lithium in tetrahydrofuran at -15 °C. The reaction was monitored by HPLC until a 99% (AUC) conversion to Compound 8 was observed.

Compound 8 was treated in situ with concentrated HC1 in isopropyl alcohol at 70 °C for eight hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC and afforded Compound 9 as a brown solid in 85% yield with 98% (AUC) purity and 84% (AUC) ee by HPLC analysis.

Example ID

[00567] Compound 9 (3.40 kg) was treated with D-tartaric acid in methanol at 55 °C for 1-2 hours. The batch was filtered and treated with ammonium hydroxide in deionized (DI) water to afford enantiomerically enriched Compound 9 as a tan solid in 71% yield with >99% (AUC) purity and 91% (AUC) ee by HPLC analysis.

Example 2

Synthesis of (S)-3-(l-aminoethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one

Example 2A

[00568] To Compound 7 (20.1 g) was charged 100 mL of anhydrous THF. The resulting solution was cooled to about -10 °C and 80 mL of n-hexyl lithium (2.3 M in hexanes, 2.26 equiv.) was slowly added (e.g. , over about 20 min). The resulting solution was stirred at about -10 °C for about 20 min.

[00569] To Compound 2 (26.5 g; 1.39 equiv.) was charged 120 mL of anhydrous THF. The resulting mixture was cooled to about -10 °C and 60 mL of isopropyl magnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF, 1.47 equiv.) was slowly added (e.g. , over about 15-20 min). The resulting mixture was then stirred at about -10 °C for about 20 min. The mixture prepared from Compound 2 was added to the solution prepared from Compound 7 while maintaining the internal temperature between about -10 and about 0 °C. After the addition was complete (about 5 min), the cold bath was removed, and the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for about 1 h, then cooled. [00570] A solution of 100 mL of anisole and 33 mL of isobutyric acid (4.37 equiv.) was prepared. The anisole solution was cooled to an internal temperature of about -3 °C. The above reaction mixture was added to the anisole solution such that the internal temperature of the anisole solution was maintained at below about 5 °C. The ice bath was then removed (after about 15 min, the internal temperature was about 7 °C). To the mixture, 100 mL of 10 wt aqueous NaCl solution was rapidly added (the internal temperature increased from about 7 °C to about 15 °C). After stirring for about 30 min, the two phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with another 100 mL of 10 wt aqueous NaCl. The organic phase was transferred to a flask using 25 mL of anisole to facilitate the transfer. The anisole solution was then concentrated to 109 g. Then, 100 mL of anisole was added.

[00571] To the approximately 200 mL of anisole solution was added 50 mL of TFA (8 equiv.) while maintaining the internal temperature below about 45-50 °C. The resulting solution warmed to about 45-50 °C and stirred for about 15 hrs, then cooled to 20-25 °C. To this solution was added 300 mL of MTBE dropwise and then the resulting mixture was held at 20-25 °C for 1 h. The mixture was filtered, and the wet cake washed with approximately 50 mL of MTBE. The wet cake was conditioned on the filter for about 1 h under nitrogen. The wet cake was periodically mixed and re-smoothed during conditioning. The wet cake was then washed with 200 mL of MTBE. The wet cake was further conditioned for about 2 h (the wet cake was mixed and resmoothed after about 1.5 h). The wet cake was dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C for about 18 h to afford Compound 9^»TFA salt in about 97.3% purity (AUC), which had about 99.1 % S- enantiomer (e.g. , chiral purity of about 99.1 %).

[00572] Compound 9^»TFA salt (3 g) was suspended in 30 mL of EtOAc at about 20 °C. To the EtOAc suspension was added 4.5 mL (2.2 eq.) of a 14% aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution and the internal temperature decreased to about 17 °C. Water (5 mL) was added to the biphasic mixture. The biphasic mixture was stirred for 30 min. The mixing was stopped and the phases were allowed to separate. The aqueous phase was removed. To the organic phase (combined with 5 mL of EtOAc) was added 10 mL of 10% aqueous NaCl. The biphasic mixture was stirred for about 30 min. The aqueous phase was removed. The organic layer was concentrated to 9 g. To this EtOAc mixture was added 20 mL of i-PrOAc. The resulting mixture was concentrated to 14.8 g. With stirring, 10 mL of n-heptane was added dropwise. The suspension was stirred for about 30 min, then an additional 10 mL of n-heptane was added. The resulting suspension was stirred for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and the wet cake was washed with additional heptane. The wet cake was conditioned for 20 min under nitrogen, then dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C to afford Compound 9 free base in about 99.3% purity (AUC), which had about 99.2% S-enantiomer (e.g., chiral purity of about 99.2%).

Example 2B [00573] A mixture of Compound 7 (100 g, 0.407 mol, 1 wt) and THF (500 mL, 5 vol) was prepared and cooled to about 3 °C. n-Hexyllithium (2.3 M in hexanes, 400 mL, 0.920 mol, 2.26 equiv) was charged over about 110 minutes while maintaining the temperature below about 6 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 0 ± 5 °C for about 30 minutes. Concurrently, a mixture of Compound 2 (126 g, 0.541 mol, 1.33 equiv) and THF (575 mL, 5.8 vol) was prepared. The resulting slurry was charged with isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF, 290 mL, 0.574 mol, 1.41 equiv) over about 85 minutes while maintaining the temperature below about 5 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred for about 35 minutes at 0 ± 5 °C. The Compound 2 magnesium salt mixture was transferred to the Compound 7 lithium salt mixture over about 1 hour while maintaining a temperature of 0 ± 5 °C. The solution was stirred for about 6 minutes upon completion of the transfer.

[00574] The solution was added to an about -5 °C stirring solution of isobutyric acid (165 mL, 1.78 mol, 4.37 equiv) in anisole (500 mL, 5 vol) over about 20 minutes during which time the temperature did not exceed about 6 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for about 40 minutes while being warmed to about 14 °C. Then, a 10% sodium chloride solution (500 mL, 5 vol) was rapidly added to the reaction. The temperature rose to about 21 °C. After agitating the mixture for about 6 minutes, the stirring was ceased and the lower aqueous layer was removed (about 700 mL). A second portion of 10% sodium chloride solution (500 mL, 5 vol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. Then, the stirring was ceased and the lower aqueous layer was removed. The volume of the organic layer was reduced by vacuum distillation to about 750 mL (7.5 vol).

[00575] Trifluoroacetic acid (250 mL, 3.26 mol, 8.0 equiv) was added and the resulting mixture was agitated at about 45 °C for about 15 hours. The mixture was cooled to about 35 °C and MTBE (1.5 L, 15 vol) was added over about 70 minutes. Upon completion of the addition, the mixture was agitated for about 45 minutes at about 25-30 °C. The solids were collected by vacuum filtration and conditioned under N₂ for about 20 hours to afford Compound 9*TFA salt in about 97.5% purity (AUC), which had a chiral purity of about 99.3%.

[00576] Compound 9^»TFA salt (100 g) was suspended EtOAc (1 L,10 vol) and 14% aqueous ammonia (250 mL, 2.5 vol). The mixture was agitated for about 30 minutes, then the lower aqueous layer was removed. A second portion of 14% aqueous ammonia (250 mL, 2.5 vol) was added to the organic layer. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, then the lower aqueous layer was removed. Isopropyl acetate (300 mL, 3 vol) was added, and the mixture was distilled under vacuum to 500 mL (5 vol) while periodically adding in additional isopropyl acetate (1 L, 10 vol).

[00577] Then, after vacuum-distilling to a volume of 600 mL (6 vol), heptanes (1.5 L, 15 vol) were added over about 110 minutes while maintaining a temperature between about 20 °C and about 30 °C. The resulting slurry was stirred for about 1 hour, then the solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The cake was washed with heptanes (330 mL, 3.3 vol) and conditioned for about 1 hour. The solid was dried in an about 45 °C vacuum oven for about 20 hours to afford Compound 9 free base in about 99.23% purity (AUC), which has a chiral purity of about 99.4%.

Example 3

Chiral Resolution of (S)-3-(l-aminoethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 9)

[00578] In some instances, (S)-3-(l-aminoethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 9) obtained by synthesis contained a minor amount of the corresponding (R)-isomer. Chiral resolution procedures were utilized to improve the enantiomeric purity of certain samples of (S)-3-(l-aminoethyl)-8- chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin- 1 (2H)-one.

[00579] In one experiment, Compound 9 (3.40 kg) was treated with D-tartaric acid in methanol at about 55 °C for about 1 to about 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and treated with ammonium hydroxide in deionized (DI) water to afford Compound 9 in greater than about 99% (AUC) purity, which had a chiral purity of about 91% (AUC).

[00580] In another procedure, MeOH (10 vol.) and Compound 9 (1 equiv.) were stirred at 55 ± 5 °C. D- Tartaric acid (0.95 equiv.) was charged. The mixture was held at 55 ± 5 °C for about 30 min and then cooled to about 20 to about 25 °C over about 3 h. The mixture was held for about 30 min and then filtered. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (2.5 vol.) and then conditioned. The cake was returned to the reactor and water (16 vol.) was charged. The mixture was stirred at 25 ± 5 °C. NH₄OH was then charged over about 1 h adjusting the pH to about 8 to about 9. The mixture was then filtered and the cake was washed with water (4 vol.) and then heptanes (4 vol.). The cake was conditioned and then vacuum dried at 45-50 °C to afford Compound 9 free base with a chiral purity of about 99.0%.

Example 4

Synthesis of (S)-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one

[00581] A mixture of Compound 7 (1 equiv.) and anhydrous THF (5 vol.) was prepared. Separately, a mixture of Compound 2 (1.3 equiv.) and anhydrous THF (5 vol.) was prepared. Both mixtures were stirred for about 15 min at about 20 to about 25 °C and then cooled to -25 ± 15 °C. n-Hexyl lithium (2.05 equiv.) was added to the Compound 7 mixture, maintaining the temperature at > 5 °C. i-PrMgCl (1.33 equiv.) was added to the Compound 2 mixture, maintaining the temperature at > 5 °C. The Compound 2 mixture was transferred to the Compound 7 mixture under anhydrous conditions at 0 ± 5 °C. The resulting mixture was warmed to 20 ± 2 °C and held for about 1 h. Then, the reaction was cooled to -5 ± 5 °C, and 6 N HC1 (3.5 equiv.) was added to quench the reaction, maintaining temperature at below about 25 °C. The aqueous layer was drained, and the organic layer was distilled under reduced pressure until the volume was 2-3 volumes. IPA (3 vol.) was added and vacuum distillation was continued until the volume was 2-3 volumes. IPA (8 vol.) was added and the mixture temperature was adjusted to about 60 °C to about 75 °C. Cone. HC1 (1.5 vol.) was added and the mixture was subsequently held for 4 hours. The mixture was distilled under reduced pressure until the volume was 2.5-3.5 volumes. The mixture temperature was adjusted to 30 ± 10 °C. DI water (3 vol.) and DCM (7 vol.) were respectively added to the mixture. Then, NH₄OH was added to the mixture, adjusting the pH to about 7.5 to about 9. The temperature was adjusted to about 20 to about 25 °C. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was washed with DCM (0.3 vol.). The combined DCM layers were distilled until the volume was 2 volumes. i-PrOAc (3 vol.) was added and vacuum distillation was continued until the volume was 3 volumes. The temperature was adjusted to about 15 to about 30 °C. Heptane (12 vol.) was charged to the organic layer, and the mixture was held for 30 min. The mixture was filtered and filter cake was washed with heptane (3 vol.). The cake was vacuum dried at about 45 °C afford Compound 9.

[00582] Then, MeOH (10 vol.) and Compound 9 (1 equiv.) were combined and stirred while the temperature was adjusted to 55 ± 5 °C. D-Tartaric acid (0.95 equiv.) was charged. The mixture was held at 55 ± 5 °C for about 30 min and then cooled to about 20 to about 25 °C over about 3 h. The mixture was held for 30 min and then filtered. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (2.5 vol.) and then conditioned. Water (16 vol.) was added to the cake and the mixture was stirred at 25 ± 5 °C. NH₄OH was charged over 1 h adjusting the pH to about 8 to about 9. The mixture was then filtered and the resulting cake washed with water (4 vol.) and then heptanes (4 vol.). The cake was conditioned and then vacuum dried at 45-50 °C to afford Compound 9.

[00583] To a mixture of i-PrOH (4 vol.) and Compound 9 (1 equiv.) was added Compound 4 (1.8 equiv.), Et₃N (2.5 equiv.) and i-PrOH (4 vol.). The mixture was agitated and the temperature was adjusted to 82 ± 5 °C. The mixture was held for 24 h. Then the mixture was cooled to about 20 to about 25 °C over about 2 h. The mixture was filtered and the cake was washed with i-PrOH (2 vol.), DI water (25 vol.) and n-heptane (2 vol.) respectively. The cake was conditioned and then vacuum dried at 50 ± 5 °C to afford Compound 10.

To a mixture of EtOH (2.5 vol.) and Compound 10 (1 equiv.) was added EtOH (2.5 vol.) and DI water (2 vol.). The mixture was agitated at about 20 to about 25 °C. Cone. HC1 (3.5 equiv.) was added and the temperature was adjusted to 35 ± 5 °C. The mixture was held for about 1.5 h. The mixture was cooled to 25 ± 5 °C and then polish filtered to a particulate free vessel. NH₄OH was added, adjusting the pH to about 8 to about 9. Crystal seeds of Form C of a compound of Formula (I) (0.3 wt ) were added to the mixture which was held for 30 minutes. DI water (13 vol.) was added over about 2 h. The mixture was held for 1 h and then filtered. The resulting cake was washed with DI water (4 vol.) and n-heptane (2 vol.) respectively. The cake was conditioned for about 24 h and then DCM (5 vol.) was added. This mixture was agitated for about 12 h at about 20 to about 25 °C. The mixture was filtered and the cake washed with DCM (1 vol.). The cake was conditioned for about 6 h. The cake was then vacuum-dried at 50 ± 5 °C. To the cake was added DI water (10 vol.), and i-PrOH (0.8 vol.) and the mixture was agitated at 25 ± 5 °C for about 6 h. An XRPD sample confirmed the compound of Formula (I) was Form C. The mixture was filtered and the cake was washed with DI water (5 vol.) followed by n-heptane (3 vol.). The cake was conditioned and then vacuum dried at 50 ± 5 °C to afford a compound of Formula (I) as polymorph Form C. Example 5

Synthesis of (S)-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one

Example 5A

[00584] Compound 9 (2.39 kg) was treated with Compound 4 and triethylamine in isopropyl alcohol at 80 °C for 24 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC until completion, affording 8-chloro-2-phenyl-3- ((lS)-l-(9-(tetrahydro-2H^yran-2-yl)-9H^urin-6-ylamino)ethyl)isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (compound 10) as a tan solid in 94% yield with 98% (AUC) purity by HPLC analysis.

[00585] 8-Chloro-2-phenyl-3-((lS)-l-(9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)- isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (compound 10) (3.63 kg) was treated with HC1 in ethanol at 30 °C for 2.3 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC until completion, and afforded a compound of Formula (I) as a tan solid in 92% yield with >99% (AUC) purity and 90.9% (AUC) ee by HPLC analysis.

Example 5B

[00586] 3-(l-Aminoethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 9) (0.72 mmol), 6-chloro- 9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (Compound 4) (344 mg, 1.44 mmol) and DIPEA

(279 mg, 2.16 mmol) were dissolved in «-BuOH (20 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 30% to 50% Hex/EA) to afford the product, 8-chloro-2-phenyl-3-((lS)-l-(9-(tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 10), as a white solid (60% yield). [00587] 8-Chloro-2-phenyl-3-((lS)-l-(9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)- isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 10) (0.42 mmol) was dissolved in HCl/EtOH (3 M, 5 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHC0₃ aqueous solution and the pH was adjusted to about 7-8. The mixture was extracted with CH₂C1₂ (50 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous Na₂S0₄, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate and hexanes (1 : 1). The solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to afford the product (S)-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin- l(2H)-one (Formula (I)) (90% yield) as a white solid as polymorph Form A.

Example 5C

[00588] 3-(l-Aminoethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 9) and 6-chloro-9- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (Compound 4) are combined in the presence of triethylamine and isopropyl alcohol. The reaction solution is heated at 82 °C for 24 hours to afford Compound 10. The intermediate compound 10 is treated with concentrated HCl and ethanol under aqueous conditions at 35 °C to remove the tetrahydropyranyl group to yield (S)-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2- phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one. Isolation/purification under aqueous conditions affords polymorph Form C.

Example 6

Synthesis of (S)-3-(l-(9H^urin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one

[00589] 3-(l-Aminoethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 9) (150 g; 90% ee) and 6- chloro-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-9H-purine (Compound 4) (216 g, 1.8 equiv) were charged to a round bottom flask followed by addition of IPA (1.2 L; 8 vol) and triethylamine (175 mL; 2.5 equiv). The resultant slurry was stirred at reflux for one day. Heptane (1.5 L; 10 vol) was added dropwise over two hours. The batch was then cooled to 0-5 °C, held for one hour and filtered. The cake was washed with heptane (450 mL; 3 vol) and returned to the reactor. IPA (300 mL; 2 vol) and water (2.25 L; 15 vol) were added and the resultant slurry stirred at 20-25 °C for three and half hours then filtered. The cake was washed with water (1.5 L; 10 vol) and heptane (450 mL; 3 vol) and then vacuum dried at 48 °C for two and half days to give 227 g (90.1 %) of the intermediate (Compound 10) as an off-white solid with >99% (AUC) purity and >94 ee (chiral HPLC). The ee was determined by converting a sample of the cake to the final product and analyzing it with chiral HPLC.

[00590] The intermediate (Compound 10) (200 g) was slurried in an ethanol (900 mL; 4.5 vol) / water (300 mL; 1.5 vol) mixture at 22 °C followed by addition of cone. HC1 (300 mL; 1.5 vol) and holding for one and half hours at 25-35 °C. Addition of HC1 resulted in complete dissolution of all solids producing a dark brown solution. Ammonium hydroxide (260 mL) was added adjusting the pH to 8-9. Product seeds of polymorph Form C (0.5 g) (Form A seeds can also be used) were then added and the batch which was held for ten minutes followed by addition of water (3 L; 15 vol) over two hours resulting in crystallization of the product. The batch was held for 3.5 hours at 20-25 °C and then filtered. The cake was washed with water (1 L; 5 vol) followed by heptane (800 mL; 4 vol) and vacuum dried at 52 °C for 23 hours to give 155.5 g (93.5%) of product with 99.6% (AUC) purity and 93.8% ee (chiral HPLC).

Example 7

-3-(l-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l(2H)-one

[00591] A mixtue of isopropanol (20.20 kg, 8 vol.), Compound 9 (3.17 kg, 9.04 mol, 1 eq.), Compound 4 (4.61 kg, 16.27 mol, 1.8 eq.) and triethylamine (2.62 kg, 20.02 mol, 2.4 eq.) was prepared and heated to an internal temperature of 82 ± 5 °C. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for an additional about 24 h. The temperature was adjusted to 20 ± 5 °C slowly over a period of about 2 h and the solids were isolated via vacuum filtration through a 24″ polypropylene table top filter equipped with a Sharkskin paper. The filter cake was rinsed sequentially with IPA (5.15 kg, 3 vol.), purified water (80.80 kg, 25 vol.) and n-heptane (4.30 kg, 2 vol.). The cake was further dried for about 4 days in vacuo at 50 ± 5 °C to afford Compound 10.

[00592] To a mixture of ethanol (17.7 kg, 5 vol.) and Compound 10 (4.45 kg, 8.88 mol. 1.0 eq.) was added purified water (8.94 kg, 2 vol.). To this mixture was slowly added concentrated HC1 (3.10 kg, 3.5 eq.) while maintaining the temperature below about 35 °C. The mixture was stirred at 30 ± 5 °C for about 1.5 h and HPLC analysis indicated the presence the compound of Formula (I) in 99.8% (AUC) purity with respect to compound 10.

[00593] Then, the compound of Formula (I) mixture was cooled to 25 ± 5 °C. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to about 8 using pre filtered ammonium hydroxide (1.90 kg). After stirring for about 15 min, Form C crystal seeds (13.88 g) were added. After stirring for about 15 min, purified water (58.0 kg, 13 vol.) was charged over a period of about 2 h. After stirring the mixture for 15 h at 25 ± 5 °C, the solids were isolated via vacuum filtration through a 24″ polypropylene table top filter equipped with a PTFE cloth over Sharkskin paper. The filter cake was rinsed with purified water (18.55 kg, 4 vol.) followed by pre -filtered n-heptane (6.10 kg, 2 vol.). After conditioning the filter cake for about 24 h, HPLC analysis of the filter cake indicated the presence the compound of Formula (I) in about 99.2% (AUC) purity.

[00594] To the filter cake was added dichloromethane (29.9 kg, 5 vol.) and the slurry was stirred at 25 ± 5 °C for about 24 h. The solids were isolated via vacuum filtration through a 24″ polypropylene table top filter equipped with a PTFE cloth over Sharkskin paper, and the filter cake was rinsed with DCM (6.10 kg, 1 vol.). After conditioning the filter cake for about 22 h, the filter cake was dried for about 2 days in vacuo at 50 ± 5 °C to afford the compound of Formula (I) in 99.6% (AUC) purity. The compound of Formula (I) was consistent with a Form A reference by XRPD.

[00595] To this solid was added purified water (44.6 kg, 10 vol.) and pre filtered 2-propanol (3.0 kg, 0.8 vol.). After stirring for about 6 h, a sample of the solids in the slurry was analyzed by XRPD and was consistent with a Form C reference. The solids were isolated via vacuum filtration through a 24″ polypropylene table top filter equipped with a PTFE cloth over Sharkskin paper, and the filter cake was rinsed with purified water (22.35 kg, 5 vol.) followed by pre filtered n-heptane (9.15 kg, 3 vol.). After conditioning the filter cake for about 18 h, the filter cake was dried in vacuo for about 5 days at 50 ± 5 °C.

[00596] This process afforded a compound of Formula (I) in about 99.6% (AUC) purity, and a chiral purity of greater than about 99% (AUC). An XRPD of the solid was consistent with a Form C reference standard. ^:H NMR (DMSO-<i₆) and IR of the product conformed with reference standard.

 

……………………………………………

KEY     Duvelisib, IPI-145,  INK-1197, AbbVie, INFINITY, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, phase 3, orphan drug

NINTEDANIB, BBIF 1120, Intedanib

Boehringer Ingelheim Corp

Nintedanib (formerly BIBF 1120) is a small molecule tyrosine-kinase inhibitor, targeting vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR), fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) and platelet derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) being developed by Boehringer Ingelheim as an anti-angiogenesis anti-cancer agent under the trade name Vargatef, and recently approved for treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis as Ofev.

Mechanism of action

Nintedanib is an indolinone-derived drug that inhibits the process of blood vessel formation (angiogenesis). Angiogenesis inhibitors stop the formation and reshaping of blood vessels in and around tumours, which reduces the tumour’s blood supply, starving tumour cells of oxygen and nutrients leading to cell death and tumour shrinkage. Unlike conventional anti-cancer chemotherapy which has a direct cell killing effect on cancer cells, angiogenesis inhibitors starve the tumour cells of oxygen and nutrients which results in tumour cell death. One of the advantages of this method of anti-cancer therapy is that it is more specific than conventional chemotherapy agents, therefore results in fewer and less severe side effects than conventional chemotherapy.

The process of new blood vessel formation (angiogenesis) is essential for the growth and spread of cancers. It is mediated by signaling molecules (growth factors) released from cancer cells in response to low oxygen levels. The growth factors cause the cells of the tumour’s blood vessel to divide and reorganize resulting in the sprouting of new vessels in and around the tumour, improving its blood supply.

Angiogenesis is a process that is essential for the growth and spread of all solid tumours, blocking it prevents the tumour from growing and may result in tumour shrinkage as well as a reduction in the spread of the cancer to other parts of the body. Nintedanib exerts its anti-cancer effect by binding to and blocking the activation of cell receptors involved in blood vessel formation and reshaping (i.e. VEGFR 1-3, FGFR 1-3 AND PDGFRα and β). Inhibition of these receptors in the cells that make up blood vessels (endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells and pericytes) by Nintedanib leads to programmed cell death, destruction of tumor blood vessels and a reduction in blood flow to the tumour. Reduced tumour blood flow inhibits tumor cell proliferation and migration hence slowing the growth and spread of the cancer.^[1]

Adverse effects

Preclinical studies have shown that nintedanib binds in a highly selective manner to the ATP binding pocked of its three target receptor families, without binding to similarly shaped ATP domains in other proteins, which reduces the potential for undesirable side effects.^[2]

The most common side effects observed with nintedanib were reversible elevation in liver enzymes (10-28% of patients) and gastrointestinal disturbance (up to 50%). Side effects observed with nintedanib were worse with the higher 250 mg dose, for this reason subsequent trials have used the equally clinically effective 200 mg dose.^{[1][2][3][4][5][6][7][8][9]}

Nintedanib inhibits the growth and reshaping of blood vessels which is also an essential process in normal wound healing and tissue repair. Therefore a theoretical side effect of nintedanib is reduced wound healing however, unlike other anti-angiogenic agents, this side effect has not been observed in patients receiving nintedanib.

Studies

Preclinical studies have demonstrated that nintedanib selectively binds to and blocks the VEGF, FGF and PDGF receptors, inhibiting the growth of cells that constitute the walls of blood vessels (endothelial and smooth muscle cells and pericytes) in vitro. Nintedanib reduces the number and density of blood vessels in tumours in vivo, resulting in tumour shrinkage.^[1][2] Nintedanib also inhibits the growth of cells that are resistant to existing chemotherapy agents in vitro, which suggests a potential role for the agent in patients with solid tumours that are unresponsive to or relapse following current first line therapy.^[10]

Early clinical trials of nintedanib have been carried out in patients with non-small cell lung, colorectal, uterine, endometrial, ovarian and cervical cancer and multiple myeloma.^{[4][5][7][8][9]} These studies reported that the drug is active in patients, safe to administer and is stable in the bloodstream. They identified that the maximum tolerated dose of nintedanib is 20 0 mg when taken once a day.

Clinical studies

In the first human trials, nintedanib halted the growth of tumours in up to 50% of patients with non-small cell lung cancer and 76% of patients with advanced colorectal cancer and other solid tumours.^[4][8] A complete response was observed in 1/26 patients with non-small cell lung and 1/7 patients with ovarian cancer treated with nintedanib. A further 2 patients with ovarian cancer had partial responses to nintedanib.^[8][9]

Two phase II trials have been carried out assessing the efficacy, dosing and side effects of nintedanib in non-small cell lung and ovarian cancer. These trials found that nintedanib delayed relapse in patients with ovarian cancer by two months^[6] and that overall survival of patients with non-small cell lung who received nintedanib was similar to that observed with the FDA approved VEGFR inhibitor sorafenib. These trials also concluded that increasing the dose of the nintedanib has no effect on survival.^[3]

Current clinical trials

Nintedanib is being tested in several phase I to III clinical trials for cancer. Angiogenesis inhibitors such as nintedanib may be effective in a range of solid tumour types including; lung, ovarian, metastatic bowel, liver and brain cancer. Patients are also being recruited for three phase III clinical trials that will evaluate the potential benefit of nintedanib when added to existing 1st line treatments in patients with ovarian.^[11] and 2nd line treatment in non-small cell lung cancer ^[12][13] The phase III trials of nintedanib in lung cancer have been named LUME-Lung 1 and LUME-Lung 2.

Current phase II trials are investigating the effect of nintedanib in patients with metastatic bowel cancer, liver cancer and the brain tumour: glioblastoma multiforme.^[14]

Phase III trials are investigating the use of nintedanib in combination with the existing chemotherapy agents permexetred and docetaxel in patients with non-small cell lung cancer,^[15] and in combination with carboplatin and paclitaxel as a first line treatment for patients with ovarian cancer.^[16]

A phase III clinical trial was underway examining the safety and efficacy of nintedanib on patients with the non-cancerous lung condition idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis.^[17] Nintedanib, under the brand name Ofev, was approved by the FDA for treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis on 15 Oct 2014. ^[18]

In terms of clinical development, additional phase III clinical trials are ongoing for the treatment of epithelial ovarian cancer, fallopian tube or primary peritoneal cancer, in combination with chemotherapy, and for the treatment of refractory metastatic colorectal cancer. Phase II clinical trials are also ongoing at the company for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme, previously untreated patients with renal cell cancer, and for the treatment of patients with unresectable malignant pleural mesothelioma. The National Cancer Center of Korea (NCC) is evaluating the compound in phase II studies as second line treatment for small cell lung cancer (SCLC). The Centre Oscar Lambret is also conducting phase II clinical trials for the treatment of breast cancer in combination with docetaxel. Phase II trials are under way at EORTC as second line therapy for patients with either differentiated or medullary thyroid cancer progressing after first line therapy. The compound is also in early clinical development for the treatment of cancer of the peritoneal cavity, hepatocellular carcinoma, acute myeloid leukemia and ovarian cancer. Clinical trials have been completed for the treatment of prostate cancer and for the treatment of colorectal cancer. Boehringer Ingelheim is also conducting phase I/II clinical trials for the treatment of NSCLC and acute myeloid leukemia in addition to low-dose cytarabine. Phase I clinical studies are ongoing at the company for the treatment of epithelial ovary cancer and for the treatment of patients with mild and moderate hepatic impairment. The company had been evaluating the compound in early clinical trials for the treatment of prostate cancer in combination with docetaxel, but recent progress reports for this indication are not available at present.

In 2011, orphan drug designation was assigned in the U.S. and Japan for the treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. In 2013, orphan drug designation was also assigned for the same indication in the E.U. In 2014, a Breakthrough Therapy Designation was assigned to the compound for the treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis.

WO-2014180955

The present invention relates to a beneficial treatment of tumours in patients suffering from NSCLC, and to a clinical marker useful as predictive variable of the responsiveness of tumours in patients suffering from NSCLC. The present invention further relates to a method for selecting patients likely to respond to a given therapy, wherein said method optionally comprises the use of a specific clinical marker. The present invention further relates to a method for delaying disease progression and/or prolonging patient survival of NSCLC patients, wherein said method comprises the use of a specific clinical marker.

The monoethanesulphonate salt form of this compound presents properties which makes this salt form especially suitable for development as medicament. The chemical structure of 3-Z-[l-(4-(N-((4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-methylcarbonyl)-N-methyl-amino)-anilino)- 1 -phenyl-methylene] -6-methoxycarbonyl-2-indolinone-monoethanesulphonate (ΓΝΝ name nintedanib esylate) is depicted below as Formula Al .

Formula Al

This compound is thus for example suitable for the treatment of diseases in which angiogenesis or the proliferation of cells is involved. The use of this compound for the treatment of immunologic diseases or pathological conditions involving an

immunologic component is being described in WO 2004/017948, the use for the treatment of, amongst others, oncological diseases, alone or in combination, is being described in WO 2004/096224 and WO 2009/147218, and the use for the treatment of fibrotic diseases is being described in WO 2006/067165.

A method using biomarkers for monitoring the treatment of an individual with the compound 3-Z-[l-(4-(N-((4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-methylcarbonyl)-N-methyl-amino)-anilino)-l -phenyl-methylene] -6-methoxycarbonyl-2-indolinone or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein it is determined if a sample from said individual comprises a biomarker in an amount that is indicative for said treatment, is disclosed in WO 2010/103058.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

http://www.google.com/patents/US20110201812

The present invention relates to a process for the manufacture of a specific indolinone derivative and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, namely 3-Z-[1-(4-(N-((4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methylcarbonyl)-N-methyl-amino)-anilino)-1-phenyl-methylene]-6-methoxycarbonyl-2-indolinone and its monoethanesulfonate, to new manufacturing steps and to new intermediates of this process.

The indolinone derivative 3-Z-[1-(4-(N-((4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methylcarbonyl)-N-methyl-amino)-anilino)-1-phenyl-methylene]-6-methoxycarbonyl-2-indolinone and its monoethanesulfonate are known from the following patent applications: WO 01/027081, WO 04/013099, WO 04/017948, WO 04/096224 and WO 06/067165. These patent applications disclose the compound, a process for its manufacture, a specific salt form of this compound and the use of the compound or its salt in a pharmaceutical composition to treat oncological or non-oncological diseases via inhibition of the proliferation of target cells, alone or in combination with further therapeutic agents. The mechanism of action by which the proliferation of the target cells occurs is essentially a mechanism of inhibition of several tyrosine kinase receptors, and especially an inhibition of the vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR).

EXAMPLE 1Synthesis of the 6-methoxycarbonyl-2-oxindole in accordance with the process shown in synthesis scheme CSynthesis of benzoic acid, 4-chloro-3-nitro-, methylester

• • 20 kg of 4-chloro-3-nitro-benzoic acid (99.22 mol) is suspended in 76 L methanol. 5.9 kg thionylchloride (49.62 mol) is added within 15 minutes and refluxed for about 3 hours. After cooling to about 5° C., the product is isolated by centrifugation and drying at 45° C.
  • Yield: 19.0 kg (88.8% of theoretical amount)
  • Purity (HPLC): 99.8%

Synthesis of propanedioic acid, [4-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-nitrophenyl]-, dimethylester

• • 12.87 kg of malonic acid, dimethylester (97.41 mol) is added to a hot solution (75° C.) of 10.73 kg sodium-tert.amylate (97.41 mol) in 35 L 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP). A solution of 10 kg benzoic acid, 4-chloro-3-nitro-, methylester (46.38 mol) in 25 L 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone is added at 75° C. After stirring for 1.5 hours at about 75° C. and cooling to 20° C., the mixture is acidified with 100 L diluted hydrochloric acid to pH 1. After stirring for 1.5 hours at about 5° C., the product is isolated by centrifugation and drying at 40° C.
  • Yield: 13.78 kg (95.4% of theoretical amount)
  • Purity (HPLC): 99.9%
  • Alternatively, propanedioic acid, [4-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-nitrophenyl]-, dimethylester can be synthesized as follows:
  • 33.1 kg of malonic acid, dimethylester (250.6 mol) and 27.0 kg benzoic acid, 4-chloro-3-nitro-, methylester (125.3 mol) are subsequently added to a solution of 45.1 kg sodium-methylate (250.6 mol) in 172 kg 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP) at 20° C. After stirring for 1.5 hours at about 45° C. and cooling to 30° C., the mixture is acidified with 249 L diluted hydrochloric acid. At the same temperature, the mixture is seeded, then cooled to 0° C. and stirred for an additional hour. The resulting crystals are isolated by centrifugation, washed and dryed at 40° C.
  • Yield: 37.5 kg (86% of theoretical amount)
  • Purity (HPLC): 99.7%

Synthesis of 6-methoxycarbonyl-2-oxindole

A solution of 13 kg propanedioic acid, [4-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-nitrophenyl]-, dimethylester (41.77 mol) in 88 L acetic acid is hydrogenated at 45° C. and under 40-50 psi in the presence of 1.3 kg Pd/C 10%. After standstill of the hydrogenation, the reaction is heated up to 115° C. for 2 hours. The catalyst is filtered off and 180 L water is added at about 50° C. The product is isolated after cooling to 5° C., centrifugation and drying at 50° C.

• • Yield: 6.96 kg (87.2% of theoretical amount)
  • Purity (HPLC): 99.8%

EXAMPLE 2Synthesis of the “chlorimide” (methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate)

Method 1

6-methoxycarbonyl-2-oxindole (400 g; 2.071 mol) is suspended in toluene (1200 ml) at room temperature. Chloroacetic anhydride (540 g; 3.095 mol) is added to this suspension. The mixture is heated to reflux for 3 h, then cooled to 80° C. and methyl cyclohexane (600 ml) is added within 30 min. The resulting suspension is further cooled down to room temperature within 60 min. The mother liquor is separated and the solid is washed with ice cold methanol (400 ml). The crystals are dried to afford 515.5 g (93.5%) of the “chlorimide” compound as a white solid. ¹H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 8.66 (s, 1H, 6-H); 7.86 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, 8-H); 7.52 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, 9-H); 4.98 (s, 2H, 15-H₂); 3.95 (s, 3H, 18-H₃); 3.88 (s, 2H, 3-H₂). ¹³C-NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 174.7 (C-2); 36.0 (C-3); 131.0 (C-4); 140.8 (C-5); 115.7 (C-6); 128.9 (C-7); 126.1 (C-8); 124.6 (C-9); 166.6 (C-10); 165.8 (C-13); 46.1 (C-15); 52.3 (C-18). MS: m/z 268 (M+H)⁺. Anal. calcd. for C₁₂H₁₀ClNO₄: C, 53.85; H, 3.77; Cl, 13.25; N, 5.23. Found: C, 52.18; H, 3.64; Cl, 12.89; N, 5.00.

Method 2

6-Methoxycarbonyl-2-oxindole (10 g; 0.052 mol) is suspended in n-butyl acetate (25 ml) at room temperature. To this suspension a solution of chloroacetic anhydride (12.8 g; 0.037 mol) in n-butyl acetate (25 ml) is added within 3 min. The mixture is heated to reflux for 2 h, then cooled to 85° C. and methyl cyclohexane (20 ml) is added. The resulting suspension is further cooled down to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The mother liquor is separated and the solid is washed with methanol (400 ml) at ambient temperature. The crystals are dried to afford 12.7 g (91.5%) of the “chlorimide” compound as a slightly yellow solid.

EXAMPLE 3Synthesis of the “chlorenol” (methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methylene]-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate)

Method 1

Methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (12.0 g; 0.045 mol) is suspended in toluene (60 ml) at ambient temperature. Acetic anhydride (16.2 g; 0.157 mol) is added to this suspension. The mixture is heated to not less than 104° C. and trimethyl orthobenzoate (20.0 g; 0.108 mol) is added within 60 min. During the addition period and subsequent stirring at the same temperature for 3 h, volatile parts of the reaction mixture are distilled off. The concentration of the reaction mixture is kept constant by replacement of the distilled part by toluene (40 ml). The mixture is cooled down to 5° C., stirred for 1 h and filtrated. The solid is subsequently washed with toluene (14 ml) and with a mixture of toluene (8 ml) and ethyl acetate (8 ml). After drying, 16.3 g (91.7%) of the “chlorenol” compound are isolated as slightly yellow crystals. ¹H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 8.73 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H, 6-H); 8.09 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, 9-H); 7.90 (dd, J=8.1; 1.5 Hz, 1H, 8-H); 7.61-7.48 (m, 5H, 21-H, 22-H, 23-H, 24-H, 25-H); 4.85 (s, 2H, 18-H₂); 3.89 (s, 3H, 27-H₃); 3.78 (s, 3H, 15-H₃). ¹³C-NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 165.9 (C-2+C16); 103.9 (C-3); 127.4; 128.6; 130.0; 135.4 (C-4+C-5+C-7+C-20); 115.1 (C-6); 126.1 (C-8); 122.5 (C-9); 166.7 (C-10); 173.4 (C-13); 58.4 (C-15); 46.4 (C-18); 128.6 (C-21+C-22+C-24+C-25); 130.5 (C-23); 52.2 (C-27). MS: m/z 386 (M+H)⁺. Anal. calcd. for C₂₀H₁₆ClNO₅: C, 62.27; H, 4.18; Cl, 9.19; N, 3.63. Found: C, 62.21; H, 4.03; Cl, 8.99; N, 3.52.

Method 2

Methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (12.0 g; 0.045 mol) is suspended in xylene (60 ml) at ambient temperature. Acetic anhydride (16.2 g; 0.157 mol) is added to this suspension. The mixture is heated to reflux, trimethyl orthobenzoate (20.0 g; 0.108 mol) is added within 40 min and heating is maintained for 4 h. The mixture is cooled down to 0° C. and the mother liquor is separated. The solid is subsequently washed with xylene (14 ml) and a mixture of xylene (8 ml) and ethyl acetate (8 ml). After drying 14.3 g (81.0%) of the “chlorenol” compound are isolated as yellow crystals.

Method 3

Methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (12.0 g; 0.045 mol) is suspended in toluene (60 ml) at ambient temperature. Acetic anhydride (16.2 g; 0.157 mol) is added to this suspension. The mixture is heated to reflux, trimethyl orthobenzoate (20.0 g; 0.108 mol) is added within 40 min and heating is maintained for 3 h. The mixture is cooled down to 0° C. and the mother liquor is separated. The solid is subsequently washed with toluene (14 ml) and a mixture of toluene (8 ml) and ethyl acetate (8 ml). After drying 15.3 g (87.3%) of the “chlorenol” compound are isolated as fawn crystals.

EXAMPLE 4Synthesis of the “enolindole” (methyl-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methylene]-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate)

Method 1

A solution of potassium hydroxide (0.41 g, 0.006 mol) in methanol (4 ml) is added at 63° C. to a suspension of methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methylene]-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (8.0 g; 0.020 mol) in methanol (32 ml). The mixture is then stirred for 30 min, cooled to 0° C. and stirring is maintained for 2 h. After filtration, the solid is washed with methanol (24 ml) and dried to afford 6.0 g (94.6%) of the “enolindole” compound as yellow crystals. ¹H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 8.08 (s, 1H, 1-H); 7.88 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H, 9-H); 7.75 (m, 1H, 8-H); 7.52-7.56 (m, 3H, 18-H, 19-H, 20-H); 7.40-7.45 (m, 3H, 6-H, 17-H, 21-H); 3.92 (s, 3H, 23-H₃); 3.74 (s, 3H, 13-H₃). ¹³C-NMR (126 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 168.8 (C-2); 107.4 (C-3); 130.8 (C-4); 138.2 (C-5); 109.4 (C-6); 128.2 and 128.3 (C-7, C-16); 123.5 (C-8); 123.1 (C-9); 170.1 (C-11); 57.6 (C-13); 167.2 (C-14); 128.7 and 128.9 (C-17, C-18, C-20, C-21); 130.5 (C-19); 52.1 (C-23). MS (m/z): 310 (M+H)⁺. Anal. calcd. for C₁₈H₁₅NO₄: C, 69.89; H, 4.89; N, 4.53. Found: C, 69.34; H, 4.92; N, 4.56.

Method 2

A suspension of methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methylene]-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (7.0 g; 0.018 mol) in methanol (28 ml) is heated to reflux. Within 3 min, a solution of sodium methoxide in methanol (0.24 g, 30 (w/w), 0.001 mol) is added to this suspension. The mixture is then stirred for 30 min, cooled to 5° C. and stirring is maintained for 2 h. After filtration, the solid is washed with methanol (9 ml) and dried to afford 5.4 g (89.7%) of the “enolindole” compound as yellow crystals.

Method 3

A suspension of methyl-1-(chloroacetyl)-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methylene]-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (8.0 g; 0.021 mol) in methanol (32 ml) is heated to reflux. A solution of sodium methoxide in methanol (0.74 g, 30% (w/w), 0.004 mol), further diluted with methanol (4 ml), is added dropwise to this suspension. The mixture is then stirred for 90 min, cooled to 0° C. and stirring is maintained for 2 h. After filtration, the solid is washed with methanol (24 ml) and dried to afford 5.9 g (91.2%) of the “enolindole” compound as yellow crystals.

EXAMPLE 5Synthesis of the “chloroacetyl” (N-(4-nitroanilino)-N-methyl-2-chloro-acetamide)

Method 1

A suspension of N-methyl-4-nitroaniline (140 g; 0.920 mol) in ethyl acetate (400 ml) is heated to 70° C. Within 90 min, chloro acetylchloride (114 g; 1.009 mol) is added to this suspension. The resulting solution is then refluxed for 1 h, cooled to 60° C. and methyl cyclohexane (245 ml) is added. The suspension is further cooled down to 0° C. and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture is filtrated, washed with methyl cyclohexane (285 ml) and the precipitate is dried to afford 210.4 g (92.7%) of the “chloroacetyl” compound as white crystals. ¹H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 8.29 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, 1-H+3-H); 7.69 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, 4-H+6-H); 4.35 (s, 2H, 9-H₂); 3.33 (s, 3H, 12-H₃). ¹³C-NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 124.6 (C-1+C-3); 145.6 (C-2); 127.4 (C-4+C-6); 148.6 (C-5); 165.6 (C-8); 42.7 (C-9); 37.2 (C-12). MS (m/z): 229 (M+H)⁺. Anal. calcd. for C₉H₉ClN₂O₃: C, 47.28; H, 3.97; N, 12.25. Found: C, 47.26; H, 3.99; Cl, 15.73; N, 12.29.

Method 2

A suspension of N-methyl-4-nitroaniline (20.0 g; 0.131 mol) in ethyl acetate (20 ml) is heated to 60° C. Within 15 min, a solution of chloro acetic anhydride (26.0 g; 0.151 mol) in ethyl acetate (60 ml) is added to this suspension. The resulting solution is then refluxed for 1 h, cooled to 75° C. ° C. and methyl cyclohexane (80 ml) is added. After seeding at 60° C., the suspension is further cooled down to 0° C. and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture is filtrated, washed with methyl cyclohexane (40 ml) and the precipitate is dried to afford 25.9 g (83.3%) of the “chloroacetyl” compound as grey crystals.

EXAMPLE 6Synthesis of the “nitroaniline” (N-(4-nitrophenyl)-N-methyl-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)acetamide) and of the “aniline” (N-(4-aminophenyl)-N-methyl-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)acetamide)

Method 1

A suspension of N-(4-nitroanilino)-N-methyl-2-chloro-acetamide (20.0 g; 0.087 mol) in toluene (110 ml) is heated to 40° C. Within 30 min, 1-methylpiperazine (21.9 g; 0.216 mol) is added dropwise. After purging of the dropping funnel with toluene (5 ml) the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at 55° C., cooled to ambient temperature and washed with water (15 ml). The organic layer is diluted with isopropanol (100 ml) and Pd/C (10%; 1.0 g) is added. After subsequent hydrogenation (H₂, 4 bar) at 20° C. the catalyst is removed. Approximately ⅘ of the volume of the resulting solution is evaporated at 50° C. The remaining residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 ml) and toluene (147 ml) heated to 80° C., then cooled to 55° C. and seeded. The reaction mixture is further cooled to 0° C. and stirred for 3 h at the same temperature. After filtration, the solid is washed with ice cold toluene (40 ml) and dried to afford 20.2 g (88.0%) of the “aniline” compound as white crystals. ¹H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 6.90 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, 4-H+6-H); 6.65 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, 1-H+3-H); 5.22 (2H, 19-H₂); 3.04 (s, 3H, 9-H₃); 2.79 (s, 2H, 11-H₂); 2.32 (m, 4H, 13-H₂+17-H₂); 2.23 (m, 4H, 14-H₂+16-H₂); 2.10 (s, 3H, 18-H₃). ¹³C-NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 114.0 (C-1+C-3); 148.0 (C-2); 127.6 (C-4+C-6); 131.5 (C-5); 168.9 (C-8); 36.9 (C-9); 58.5 (C-11); 52.4 (C-13+C-17); 54.6 (C-14+C-16); 45.7 (C-18). MS (m/z): 263 (M+H)⁺. Anal. calcd. for C₁₄H₂₂N₄O: C, 64.09; H, 8.45; N, 21.36. Found: C, 64.05; H, 8.43; N, 21.39.

Method 2

A suspension of N-(4-nitroanilino)-N-methyl-2-chloro-acetamide (14.5 g; 0.063 mol) in ethyl acetate (65 ml) is heated to 40° C. Within 30 min, 1-methylpiperazine (15.8 g; 0.156 mol) is added dropwise. After purging of the dropping funnel with ethyl acetate (7 ml) the reaction mixture is stirred at 50° C. for 90 min, cooled to ambient temperature and washed with water (7 ml). The organic layer is diluted with isopropanol (75 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. After separation of the solid, Pd/C (10%; 2.0 g) is added and the solution is hydrogenated (H₂, 5 bar) at ambient temperature without cooling. Subsequently the catalyst is removed by filtration and the solvent is evaporated at 60° C. The remaining residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate (250 ml) and recrystallized. After filtration and drying 10.4 g (60.4%) of the “aniline” compound are isolated as white crystals.

EXAMPLE 7Synthesis of the “anilino” (3-Z-[1-(4-(N-((4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methylcarbonyl)-N-methyl-amino)-anilino)-1-phenyl-methylene]-6-methoxycarbonyl-2-indolinone)

Method 1

A suspension of methyl-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methylene]-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (10.0 g; 0.032 mol) and N-(4-aminophenyl)-N-methyl-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)acetamide (8.6 g; 0.032 mol) in a mixture of methanol (72 ml) and N,N-dimethylformamide (18 ml) is heated to reflux. After 7 h of refluxing the suspension is cooled down to 0° C. and stirring is maintained for additional 2 h. The solid is filtered, washed with methanol (40 ml) and dried to afford 15.4 g (88.1%) of the “anilino” compound as yellow crystals. ¹H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 11.00 (s, 1H, 23-H); 12.23 (s, 19-H); 7.61 (t; J=7.1 Hz, 1H, 33-H); 7.57 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H, 32-H+34-H); 7.50 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, 31-H+35-H); 7.43 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H, 29-H); 7.20 (dd, J=8.3; 1.6 Hz, 1H, 27-H); 7.13 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, 14-H+18-H); 6.89 (d, 8.3 Hz, 2H, 15-H+17-H); 5.84 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, 26-H); 3.77 (s, 3H, 40-H₃); 3.06 (m, 3H, 12-H₃); 2.70 (m, 2 H, 8-H₂); 2.19 (m, 8H, 2-H₂, 3-H₂, 5-H₂, 6-H₂); 2.11 (s, 3H, 7-H₃). ¹³C-NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 54.5 (C-2+C-6); 52.2 (C-3+C-5); 45.6 (C-7); 59.1 (C-8); 168.5 (C-9); 36.6 (C-12); 140.1 (C-13); 127.6 (C-14+C-18); 123.8 (C-17+C-15); 137.0 (C-16); 158.3 (C-20); 97.5 (C-21); 170.1 (C-22); 136.2 (C-24); 128.9 (C-25); 117.2 (C-26); 121.4 (C-27); 124.0 (C-28); 109.4 (C-29); 131.9 (C-30); 128.4 (C-31+C-35); 129.4 (C-32+C-34); 130.4 (C-33); 166.3 (C-37); 51.7 (C-40). MS (m/z): 540 (M+H)⁺. Anal. calcd. for C₃₁H₃₃N₅O₄: C, 69.00; H, 6.16; N, 12.98. Found: C, 68.05; H, 6.21; N, 12.81.

Method 2

A suspension of methyl-3-[methoxy(phenyl)methylene]-2-oxoindoline-6-carboxylate (20.0 g; 0.064 mol) and N-(4-aminophenyl)-N-methyl-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)acetamide (17.1 g; 0.065 mol) in methanol (180 ml) is heated to reflux for 7.5 h. The resulting suspension is cooled down to 10° C. within 1 h and stirring is maintained for 1 h. After filtration, the solid is washed with ice cold methanol (80 ml) and dried to afford 31.0 g (89.0%) of the “anilino” compound as yellow crystals.

EXAMPLE 8Synthesis of the 3-Z-[1-(4-(N-((4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methylcarbonyl)-N-methyl-amino)-anilino)-1-phenyl-methylene]-6-methoxycarbonyl-2-indolinone, monoethanesulfonate

A suspension of 3-Z-[1-(4-(N-((4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methylcarbonyl)-N-methyl-amino)-anilino)-1-phenyl-methylene]-6-methoxycarbonyl-2-indolinone (30.0 g; 0.055 mol) in methanol (200 ml) and water (2.4 ml) is heated to 60° C. Aqueous ethanesulfonic acid (70% (w/w); 8.75 g; 0.056 mol) is added to the reaction mixture. The resulting solution is cooled to 50° C., seeded and then diluted with isopropanol (200 ml). The mixture is further cooled to 0° C. and stirred for 2 h at this temperature. The precipitate is isolated, washed with isopropanol (120 ml) and dried to furnish 35.1 g (97.3%) of the monoethanesulfonate salt of the compound as yellow crystals. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 12.26 (s, 11-H); 10.79 (s, 1H, 1-H); 9.44 (s, 1H, 24-H); 7.64 (m, 1H, 32-H); 7.59 (m, 2H, 31-H+33-H); 7.52 (m, 2H, 30-H+34-H); 7.45 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H, 7-H); 7.20 (dd, J=8.2; 1.6 Hz, 1H, 5-H); 7.16 (m, 2H, 14-H+16-H); 6.90 (m, 2H, 13-H+17-H); 5.85 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, 4-H); 3.78 (s, 3H, 37-H₃); 3.45-2.80 (broad m, 4H, 23-H₂+25-H₂); 3.08 (s, 3H, 28-H₃); 2.88 (s, 2H, 20-H₂); 2.85-2.30 (broad m, 4H, 22-H₂+26-H₂); 2.75 (s, 3H, 27-H₃); 2.44 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, 39-H₂); 1.09 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H, 38-H₃). ¹³C-NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 9.8 (C-38); 36.6 (C-28); 42.3 (C-27); 45.1 (C-39); 51.7 (C-37); 48.9 (C-22+C-26); 52.6 (C-23+C-25); 57.5 (C-20); 97.7 (C-3); 109.5 (C-7); 117.3 (C-4); 121.4 (C-5); 123.8 (C-13+C-17); 124.1 (C-6); 127.7 (C-14+C-16); 128.4 (C-30+C-34); 128.8 (C-9); 129.5 (C-31+C-33); 130.5 (C-32); 132.0 (C-29); 168.5 (C-9); 136.3 (C-8); 137.3 (C-12); 139.5 (C-15); 158.1 (C-10); 166.3 (C-35); 168.0 (C-19); 170.1 (C-2). MS (m/z): 540 (M_(base)+H)⁺. Anal. calcd. for C₃₃H₃₉N₅O₇S: C, 60.17; H, 6.12; N, 10.63; S, 4.87. Found: C, 60.40; H, 6.15; N, 10.70; S, 4.84.

……………………

see

http://www.yaopha.com/2014/07/09/synthesis-of-vargatef-nintedanib-boehringer-ingelheim-idiopathic-pulmonary-fibrosis-drug/

Nintedanib

Nintedanib
Systematic (IUPAC) name
Methyl (3Z)-3-{[(4-{methyl[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)acetyl]amino}phenyl)amino](phenyl)methylidene}-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole-6-carboxylate
Clinical data
Trade names	Vargatef, Ofev
AHFS/Drugs.com	Consumer Drug Information
Pregnancy cat.	US: D
Legal status	US: ℞-only
Routes	Oral and intravenous
Identifiers
CAS number	656247-17-5
ATC code	None
Chemical data
Formula	C31H33N5O4
Mol. mass	539.6248 g/mol

References

Olaparib

オラパリブ

奥拉帕尼

Women suffering from advanced relapsed BRCA-mutated ovarian cancer could gain access to a new treatment option after European regulators waved through AstraZeneca’s Lynparza (olaparib).

The European Commission has approved the first-in-class PARP inhibitor for the maintenance treatment of adults with platinum-sensitive relapsed BRCA-mutated high-grade serous epithelial ovarian, fallopian tube, or primary peritoneal cancer, who are in complete response or partial response to platinum-based chemotherapy.

read at……http://www.pharmatimes.com/Article/14-12-18/AZ_first-in-class_PARP_inhibitor_Lynparza_wins_EU_nod.aspx

4-[[3-[4-(cyclopropanecarbonyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl]-4-fluorophenyl]methyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one, cas  763113-22-0

Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited

Olaparib, AZD2281,  AZD2281

KU-0059436
KU-59436

Olaparib (AZD-2281, trade name Lynparza) is an experimental chemotherapeutic agent, developed by KuDOS Pharmaceuticalsand later by AstraZeneca, that is currently undergoing clinical trials. It is an inhibitor of poly ADP ribose polymerase (PARP), an enzyme involved in DNA repair.^[1] It acts against cancers in people with hereditary BRCA1 or BRCA2 mutations, which includes many ovarian, breast and prostate cancers.

Olaparib is an oral poly-ADP-ribose polymerase (PARP) enzyme inhibitor developed by AstraZeneca. The product is awaiting registration in the E.U. and US as a maintenance treatment of patients with BRCA mutated platinum-sensitive relapsed serous ovarian cancer. In 2014, positive opinion was received in the E.U. recommending Lynparza approval for the maintanance treatment of BRCA mutated platinum-sensitive relapsed serous ovarian cancer.

An oral poly (ADP ribose) polymerase (PARP) inhibitor being investigated by British drug company AstraZeneca, is seeking approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of BRCA mutated platinum-sensitive relapsed ovarian cancer. AstraZeneca filed the US regulatory submission for olaparib in February 2014.  Olaparib, one of several cancer drugs AstraZeneca flagged as having strong potential in its defense of a $118 billion take-over bid by Pfizer,was accepted for priority review on April 30, 2014  by the U.S.  Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The NDA filing was based on Phase II study 19 data, a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, Phase II study.

On June 25, 2014, FDA Oncologic Drugs Advisory Committee (ODAC), an advisory panel to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA),  voted 11 to two against the accelerated approval of the PARP inhibitor olaparib as a maintenance therapy for women with platinum-sensitive relapsed ovarian cancer who have the germline BRCA (gBRCA) mutation, and who are in complete or partial response to platinum-based chemotherapy. By voting no, the committee recommended waiting for results from the larger confirmatory phase III SOLO-2 trial, which began enrolling in September 2013. According to clincialtrials.gov, the SOLO-2 study (NCT01874353) is slated to wrap in July 2015.

In terms of clinical development, phase III trials are ongoing at AstraZeneca for the treatment of gastric cancer and metastatic breast cancer. Olaparib is also in phase II clinical studies for several indications, including breast cancer, pancreatic cancer and castration-resistant prostate cancer. In March 2014, a phase II was also initiated in GB for the treatment of patients with stage IIIB or stage IV NSCLC that is not amenable to curative therapy. A phase I clinical trial for the treatment of melanoma has been completed. Phase II clinical trials are ongoing at General Hospital Corp. for the treatment of sarcoma. The drug had been in phase II clinical trials for the treatment of colorectal cancer; however no recent developments have been reported.

Discovered by KuDOS Pharmaceuticals, has experienced several twists and turns during its clinical development. Promising results for the drug were reported at the 2011 ASCO Annual Meeting, based on impressive early phase II results, only to have clinical development discontinued later that year after disappointing phase II trial results in a more generalized group of ovarian cancer patients. However, a re-analysis of the data in BRCA-positive patients – coupled with a reformulation of the drug – convinced the British drugmaker to think again and keep it going. AstraZeneca initiates Phase III clinical studies (SOLO 1 and SOLO 2) for olaparib in the U.S. in September 2013. AstraZeneca has filed Marketing Authorisation Application (MAA) for olaparib in EU in September 2013 based on Phase II study 19 data. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has already granted olaparib orphan drug status for ovarian cancer and will hold an advisory panel hearing on the company’s application on June 25, 2014.

In 2013, orphan drug designation in the U.S. was assigned to the compound for the treatment of ovarian cancer. The compound was originally developed by Kudos Pharmaceuticals, which was acquired by AstraZeneca in 2006.

Early Phase I trials were promising, and olaparib underwent Phase II trials. However, in December 2011, AstraZeneca announced following interim analysis of a phase-II study which indicated that the previously reported progression free survival benefit was unlikely to translate into an overall survival benefit, that it would not progress into Phase III development for the maintenance treatment of serous ovarian cancer,^[2] and took a charge of $285 million. The decision to discontinue development of the drug was reversed in 2013,^[3] with AstraZeneca posting a new Phase III trial of Olaparib for patients with BRCA mutated ovarian cancer in April 2013.^[4]

Mechanism of action

Olaparib acts as an inhibitor of the enzyme Poly ADP ribose polymerase (PARP) and is one of the first PARP inhibitors. Patients with BRCA1/2 mutations may be genetically predisposed to developing some forms of cancer, and are often resistant to other forms of cancer treatment, but this also sometimes gives their cancers a unique vulnerability, as the cancer cells have increased reliance on PARP to repair their DNA and enable them to continue dividing. This means that drugs which selectively inhibit PARP may be of significant benefit in patients whose cancers are susceptible to this treatment.^{[5][6][7][8][9][10]}

Trial results

Phase I clinical trials, in patients with BRCA-mutated tumors including ovarian cancer, were encouraging.^[11] In one of these studies, it was given to 19 patients with inherited forms of advanced breast, ovarian and prostate cancers caused by mutations of the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes. In 12 of the patients, none of whom had responded to other therapies, tumours shrank or stabilised.^[12] One of the first patients to be given the treatment (who had castration-resistant prostate cancer) was as of July 2009 still in remission after two years.

In 2009 Phase II clinical trials examining the efficacy of Olaparib in treating breast, ovarian and colorectal cancer were initiated.^[13][14] A phase II trial that included 63 cases of ovarian cancer concluded that olaparib is promising for women with ovarian cancer. [7 responses in 17 patients with BRCA1 or BRCA2 mutations and 11 responses in the 46 who did not have these mutations.]^[15]

Side effects

Olaparib is generally well tolerated, the side effects consist mainly of fatigue, somnolence, nausea, loss of appetite and thrombocytopenia.

………………………

…………….

LOU Xi-yu, YANG Xuan, DING Yi-li, WANG Jian-jun, YAN Qing-yan, HUANG Xian-gui, GUO Yang-hui, WANG Xiang-jing, XIANG Wen-sheng Synthesis of Olaparib Derivatives and Their Antitumor Activities

2013 Vol. 29 (2): 231-235 [摘要] ( 390 ) [HTML 1KB] [PDF 0KB] ( 22 ) doi: 10.1007/s40242-013-2448-5

……………………….

…………………

4-[3-(4-Cyclopropanecarbonylpiperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-fluorobenzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one: A novel bioavailable inhibitor of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase-1
J Med Chem 2008, 51(20): 6581

…………………………..

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2004080976A1?cl=en

Synthesis of Key Intermediates

3- (4-0x0-3 , 4-dihydrophthalazin-l -ylmethyl) benzoic a cid (A)

A mixture of 27% sodium methoxide solution in methanol (400 g, 2 mol) and methanol (150 ml) was added dropwise between ambient temperature and 30°C over 15 minutes to a stirred mixture of phthalide (67 g, 0.5 mol), 3-formylbenzonitrile (65.5 g, 0.5 mol) and ethyl propionate (250 ml) , the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 40 minutes and at reflux temperature for 1 hour, then it was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The resulting red solid was collected by filtration, washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml) and dissolved in water (1800 ml) . The solution was acidified by the addition of acetic acid (60 ml) and the resulting red solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 x 200 ml) and dried in vacuo to give 3- (1,3- dioxoindan-2-yl) benzonitrile (83.2 g) as a dark red solid, m.pt. 179- 182°C, m/z (M+H)⁺‘ 248, which was used without further purification.

3- (1, 3-Dioxoindan-2-yl) benzonitrile (74.18 g, 0.3 mol) was added in portions to a solution of sodium hydroxide (36 g, 0.9 mol) in water (580 ml), the resulting dark red suspension was stirred at reflux temperature for 5 hours, then it was cooled to ambient temperature and washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 300 ml) . The aqueous solution was acidified by the dropwise addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid (110 ml), the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour, then the resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2 x 200 ml) and dried in vacuo to give a 1:1 mixture of 3- (1,3- dioxoindan-2-yl)benzoic acid, (M+H)⁺” 267, and 2- [2- (3- carboxyphenyl) acetyl] benzoic acid, (M+H)⁺‘ 285, (69.32 g) , which was used without further purification.

The mixture obtained in the previous step (52.8 g) was added to a solution of triethylamine (37.55 g, 0.372 mol) in industrial methylated spirit (500 ml) and the resulting cloudy solution was filtered through a pad of filter-aid to give a clear solution. Hydrazine monohydrate (9.3 g, 0.186 mol) was added in one portion at ambient temperature, the stirred mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour, then it was concentrated in vacuo to approximately 250 ml and added to a solution of sodium acetate (41 g, 0.5 mol) in water (500 ml) . The mixture was brought to pH 7 by the dropwise addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid, then it was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours. The resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (50 ml) and dried in va cuo to give a white solid (15.62 g) . The combined filtrate and washings were acidified to pH 6 by the addition of hydrochloric acid, then the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours. The resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (50 ml) and dried in va cuo to give a second crop of off-white solid (17.57 g) . The combined filtrate and washings from the second crop were readjusted to pH 6 and treated as before to give a third crop of pale orange solid (6.66 g) . The three crops were combined to give essentially pure 3- (4-oxo-3, 4-dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl) benzoic acid (A), (M+H)⁺‘ 281, δ_H 4.4 (2H, s), 7.2-7.4 (IH, m) , 7.5-7.6 (IH, ) , 7.7-8.0 (5H, m) , 8.1- 8.2 (IH, m) , 12.6 (IH, s)

b . 2-Fluoro-5- (4-oxo-3 , 4-dihydro-phthalazin -l -ylmethyl) benzoi c a cid (B)

Dimethyl phosphite (22.0 g, 0.2 mol) was added drop-wise to a solution of sodium methoxide (43.0 g) in methanol (100 ml) at 0°C. 2- Carboxybenzaldehyde (21.0 g, 0.1 mol) was then added portion-wise to the reaction mixture as a slurry in methanol (40 ml), with the temperature kept below 5°C. The resulting pale yellow solution was warmed to 20°C over 1 hour. Methanesulphonic acid (21.2 g, 0.22 mol) was added to the reaction drop-wise and the resulting white suspension was evaporated in va cuo . The white residue was quenched with water and extracted into chloroform (3 x 100 ml) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml) , dried over MgS0₄, and evaporated in va cuo to yield (3-oxo-l, 3-dihydro-isobenzofuran-l-yl) phosphonic acid dimethyl ester as a white solid (32.0 g, 95 %, 95 % purity) . This was then used without further purification in the next stage.

To a mixture of (3-oxo-l, 3-dihydro-isobenzofuran-l-yl) phosphonic acid dimethyl ester (35.0 g, 0.14 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (200 ml) and 2- fluoro-5-formylbenzonitrile (20.9 g, 0.14 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (130 ml) was added triethylamine (14 ml, 0.14 mol) drop-wise over 25 min, with the temperature kept below 15°C. The reaction mixture was warmed slowly to 20°C over 1 hour and concentrated in vacuo . The white residue was slurried in water (250 ml) for 30 minutes, filtered, washed with water, hexane and ether, and dried to yield 2-fluoro-5- (3- oxo-3H-isobenzofuran-l-ylidenemethyl) benzonitrile as a 50:50 mixture of E and Z isomers (37.2 g, 96 %); m/z [M+l]⁺ 266 (98 % purity) To a suspension of 2-fluoro-5- (3-oxo-3H-isobenzofuran-l- ylidenemethyl) benzonitrile in water (200 ml) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide (26.1 g in 50 ml water) solution and the reaction mixture was heated under nitrogen to 90 °C for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was partially cooled to 70°C, and hydrazine hydrate (100 ml) was added and stirred for 18 hours at 70°C. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and acidified with 2M HC1 to pH 4. The mixture was stirred for 10 min and filtered. The resulting solid was washed with water, hexane, ether, ethyl acetate and dried to yield 2-fluoro-5- (4-oxo-3, 4- dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl)benzoic acid as a pale pink powder (30.0 g, 77 %) . m/z [M+l]⁺ 299 (96 % purity), δ_H 4.4 (2H, s) , 7.2-7.3 (IH, m) , 7.5-7.6 (IH, m) , 7.8-8.0 (4H, m) , 8.2-8.3 (IH, m) , 12.6 (IH, s).

c . 1 – [3- (4-Oxo-S , 4-dihydrophthalazin-l -ylmethyl) benzoyl]piperidine-4- carboxylic a cid (C)

undesried????????

(A) (C)

3- (4-Oxo-3, 4-dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl)benzoic acid (A) (7.0 g, 0.25 mol), ethyl isonipecotate (5 ml, 0.32 mol), 2- (lH-benzotriazol-1-yl) – 1, 1, 3, 3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) (12.3 g, 0.32 mol) and N, N, -diisopropylethylamine (10.0 ml, 0.55 mol) were added to dimethylacetamide (40 ml) and stirred for 18 h. Water (100 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the product was extracted into dichloromethane (4 x 50 ml) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (3 x 100 ml), dried over MgS0, filtered and evaporated in va cuo to yield an oil. To a solution of the oil in tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) was added 10 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml) and the reaction was stirred for 18 hours. The reaction was concentrated, washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 ml) and acidified with 2M HCl to pH 2. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 ml), then the extracts were dried over MgS0₄, filtered and evaporated to yield 1- [3- (4-oxo-3, 4-dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl)benzoyl]piperidine- 4-carboxylic acid (C) as a yellow solid (7.0 g, 65 %), m/z [M+l]⁺ 392

(96 % purity), δ_H 1.3-1.8 (5H, m) , 2.8-3.1 (4H, m) , .4 (2H, s), 7.2- 7.3 (IH, m) , 7.3-7.4 (IH, ) , 7.7-8.0 (5H, m) , 8.2-E 3 (IH, m) , 12.6 (IH, s) .

d . 1 – [2-Fluoro-5- (4 -oxo-3 , 4-dihydrophthala zin-l – ylmethyl) benzoyl]piperidine-4~carboxylic a cid (D)

(B) (D)

2-Fluoro-5- ( -oxo-3, 4-dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl) benzoic acid (B) (3.1 g, 0.14 mol), ethyl isonipecotate (1.7 ml, 0.11 mol), 2-(lH- benzotriazol-1-yl) -1,1,3, 3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) (5.1 g, 0.13 mol) and N,N, -diisopropylethylamine (10.0 ml, 0.55 mol) were added to dimethylacetamide (15 ml) and stirred for 18 hours. Water (100 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the product was extracted into dichloromethane (4 x 50 ml) . The combined organic layers were, filtered, washed with water (3 x 100 ml), dried over MgS0₄, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to yield an orange oil. The oil was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate) to yield l-[2- fluoro-5- (4-oxo-3, 4-dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl) benzoyl] piperidine-4- carboxylic acid as the methyl ester (1.5 g, 33 %, 96 % purity) . To a solution of the methyl ester in tetrahydrofuran: water (2:1, 40 ml) was added sodium hydroxide (0.3 g, 0.075 mol) and the reaction was stirred for 18 h. The reaction was concentrated, washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 ml) and acidified with 2M HC1 to pH 2. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 ml) , and the combined extracts were dried over MgS0₄ and evaporated to yield 1- [3- ( 4-oxo-3, 4- dihydrophthalazin-1-ylmethyl) benzoyl] piperidine- -carboxylic acid (D) as a yellow solid (0.6 g, 65 %), m/z [M+l]⁺ 392 (96 % purity) Example 1 – Synthesis of Key Compounds

a. Synthesis of 4- [3- (piperazine-1-carfoonyl)benzyl] -2H-phthalasin-l- one (1)

undesired????????

(A) (1)

3- (4-0xo-3, 4-dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl) benzoic acid (A) (5.0g, 0.17mol), tert-butyl 1-piperazinecarboxylate (3.9 g, 0.21 mol), 2-(lH- benzotriazol-1-yl) -1,1,3, 3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) (8.6 g, 0.22 mol) and N, , -diisopropylethylamine (6.7 ml, 0.38 mol) were added to dimethylacetamide (40 ml) and stirred for 18 hours. Water (100 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 100°C for 1 hour. The suspension was cooled to room temperature, filtered and dried to yield a white solid. The solid was dissolved in a solution of 6M HC1 and ethanol (2:1, 50 ml) and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was concentrated, basified with ammonia to pH 9, and the product was extracted into dichloromethane (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 50 ml), dried over MgS0₄, and evaporated in va cuo to yield 4- [3- (piperazine-1-carbonyl) benzyl] – 2H-phthalazin-l-one (1) as a yellow crystalline solid (4.0 g, 77 %); m/z [M+l]⁺ 349 (97 % purity), δ_H 2.6-3.8 (8H, ) , 4.4 (2H, s), 7.2-7.5 (4H, m) , 7.7-8.0 (3H, m) , 8.2-8.3 (IH, m) , 12.6 (IH, s)

b . Synthesis of 4 – [4-Fluoro-3- (piperazine-1 -carbonyl) benzyl ] -2H- phthala zin ~l -one (2)

desired……

(^β) (2)

The synthesis was carried out according to the method described in (a) above using 2-fluoro-5- (4-oxo-3, -dihydrophthalazin-l-ylmethyl) benzoic acid (B) to yield 4- [4-fluoro-3- (piperazine-1-carbonyl) benzyl] -2H- phthalazin-1-one (2) as a white crystalline solid (4.8 g, 76 %); m/z [M+l]⁺ 367 (97 % purity), δ_H 2.6-3.8 (8H, m) , 4.4 (2H, s), 7.2-7.5 (3H, m) , 7.7-8.0 (3H, m) , 8.2-8.3 (IH, m) , 12.6 (IH, s) .

…………………………..

US 8183369

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US8183369

4-[3-(4-Cyclopropanecarbonyl-piperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-benzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one (compound A) disclosed in WO 2004/080976:

is of particular interest.

A crystalline form of compound A (Form A) is disclosed in co-pending applications, which claim priority from U.S. 60/829,694, filed 17 Oct. 2006, entitled “Phthalazinone Derivative”, including U.S. Ser. No. 11/873,671 and WO 2008/047082.

Form A

References(a) 4-[3-(4-Cyclopropanecarbonyl-piperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-benzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one (Compound A)

2-Fluoro-5-[(4-oxo-3,4-dihydrophthalazin-1-yl)methyl]benzoic acid (D)(15.23 g, 51.07 mmol) was suspended with stirring under nitrogen in acetonitrile (96 ml). Diisopropylethylamine (19.6 ml, 112.3 mmol) was added followed by 1-cyclopropylcarbonylpiperazine (I)(9.45 g, 61.28 mmol) and acetonitrile (1 ml). The reaction mixture was cooled to 18° C. 0-Benzotriazol-1-yl-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (25.18 g, 66.39 mmol) was added over 30 minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to 3° C. and maintained at this temperature for 1 hour, before being filtered. The filter cake was washed with cold (3° C.) acetonitrile (20 ml) before being dried in vacuo at up to 40° C. to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (20.21 g).

Mass Spectrum: MH+ 435

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 0.70 (m, 4H), 1.88 (br s, 1H), 3.20 (br s, 2H), 3.56 (m, 6H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 7.17 (t, 1H), 7.34 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.77 (dt, 1H), 7.83 (dt, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 8.25 (dd, 1H), 12.53 (s, 1H).

………………………..

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US8247416

4-[3-(4-Cyclopropanecarbonyl-piperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-benzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one (compound A) disclosed in WO 2004/080976:

is of particular interest.

In WO 2004/080976, compound A was synthesised as one of a number of library compounds from 4-[4-fluoro-3-(piperazine-1-carbonyl)-benzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one (compound B):

by the addition of cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride:

to a solution of (B) in dichloromethane, followed by Hünig’s base (N,N-diisopropylethyl amine). This reaction is carried out with stirring at room temperature for 16 hours, and the resulting compound being purified by preparative HPLC.

The piperazine derivative (B) was prepared by deprotecting 4-[2-fluoro-5-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-phthalazin-1-ylmethyl)-benzoyl]-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (compound C):

by the use of 6M HCl and ethanol for 1 hour, followed by basification with ammonia to pH 9, and extraction into dichloromethane.

The Boc-protected piperazine derivative (C) was prepared from 2-fluoro-5-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-phthalazin-1-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (compound D):

by the addition of piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:

2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and N,N,-diisopropylethylamine in dimethylacetamide, followed by stirring for 18 hours.

In WO 2004/080976, the following route to compound D is disclosed:

The method of synthesising compound D may further comprise the step of:

(c) synthesising 2-fluoro-5-[(4-oxo-3,4-dihydrophthalazin-1-yl)methyl]benzonitrile (ED):

from compound E by reaction with hydrazine hydrate; and

(d) synthesising compound D from compound ED by reaction with sodium hydroxide.

Step (c) may be achieved by using between 1.1 and 1.3 equivalents of hydrazine hydrate in tetrahydrofuran followed by neutralisation of the excess hydrazine hydrate using acetic acid.

A sixth aspect of the present invention provides the compound ED:

and its use in the synthesis of compound D.

EXAMPLES

Example 1Synthesis of Compound A

Starting material (D) was synthesised by the method disclosed in WO 2004/080976

Methods

Preparative HPLC

Samples were purified with a Waters mass-directed purification system utilising a Waters 600 LC pump, Waters Xterra C18 column (5 μm 19 mm×50 mm) and Micromass ZQ mass spectrometer, operating in positive ion electrospray ionisation mode. Mobile phases A (0.1% formic acid in water) and B (0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile) were used in a gradient; 5% B to 100% over 7 min, held for 3 min, at a flow rate of 20 ml/min.

Analytical HPLC-MS

Analytical HPLC was carried out with a Spectra System P4000 pump and Jones Genesis C18 column (4 μm, 50 mm×4.6 mm). Mobile phases A (0.1% formic acid in water) and B (acetonitrile) were used in a gradient of 5% B for 1 min rising to 98% B after 5 min, held for 3 min at a flow rate of 2 ml/min. Detection was by a TSP UV 6000LP detector at 254 nm UV and range 210-600 nm PDA. The Mass spectrometer was a Finnigan LCQ operating in positive ion electrospray mode.

(a) 4-[2-Fluoro-5-(4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-phthalazin-1-ylmethyl)-benzoyl]-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (C)

To a stirred solution of the starting material D (850 g) in dimethylacetamide (DMA) (3561 ml) at room temperature under nitrogen was added HBTU (2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate) (1402 g) in one portion. Hünig’s base (iPr₂NEt, 1096 ml) was then added with the temperature kept between 15 to 25° C. followed by a solution of 1-Boc-piperazine (637 g) in DMA (1428 ml) with the temperature kept between 15 to 25° C.

The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and sampled for completion (HPLC). Upon completion the solution was added to vigorously stirred water (17085 ml) with the temperature kept between 15 to 25° C. and the solid filtered off, washing with water (2×7131 ml), hexane (2×7131 ml) and methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) (2×3561 ml). The solid was then dried overnight and then sampled for water content and chemical purity.

This reaction was then repeated, see table:

		Purity	Water Content
Batch	Yield (g)	(HPLC Area %)	(K.F.)	Corrected yield
1	1571.3	86.80	24.3	1032.5 g (78%)
2	2781.6	85.00	40.3	1411.5 g (106%)
a. Greater than 100% yield attributed to non-representative sampling

(b) 4-[4-Fluoro-3-(piperazine-1-carbonyl)-benzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one (B)

To a stirred solution of industrial methylated spirits (IMS) (2200 ml) and concentrated HCl (4400 ml) was added compound C (2780.2 g) in portions at room temperature under nitrogen, the foaming was controlled by the addition rate. The solution was then stirred at 15 to 25° C. for 30 minutes and sampled for completion (HPLC).

Upon completion the solution was evaporated to remove any IMS and the aqueous extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×3500 ml) before the pH was adjusted to >8 using concentrated ammonia. The resultant slurry was then diluted with water (10000 ml) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (4×3500 ml), washed with water (2×2000 ml), dried over MgSO₄ (250 g) and evaporated. The crude product was then slurried in CH₂Cl₂ (3500 ml) and added to MTBE (5000 ml). The resultant suspension was filtered and dried at 50° C. overnight yielding 611.0 g (58.5% yield) of material with a purity of 94.12%

(c) 4-[3-(4-Cyclopropanecarbonyl-piperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-benzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one (A)

To a stirred suspension of compound B (1290 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (15480 ml) under nitrogen was added a pre-mixed solution of triethylamine (470 ml) and cyclopropane carbonyl chloride (306 ml) in CH₂Cl₂ (1290 ml) dropwise with the temperature kept below 20° C. The solution was then stirred at 10-15° C. for 15 minutes and sampled for completion. The reaction mixture was found to contain only 1.18% of starting material B and so the reaction was deemed complete and the batch was then worked-up.

The reaction mixture was washed with water (7595 ml), 5% citric acid solution (7595 ml), 5% sodium carbonate solution (7595 ml) and water (7595 ml). The organic layer was then dried over magnesium sulfate (500 g).

The CH₂Cl₂ containing product layer was then isolated, filtered through Celite and charged to a 251 vessel. CH₂Cl₂ (8445 ml) was then distilled out at atmospheric pressure and ethanol (10000 ml) added. Distillation was then continued with every 4000 ml of distillate that was removed being replaced with ethanol (4000 ml) until the head temperature reached 73.7° C. The reaction volume was then reduced (to 7730 ml) by which time the head temperature had reached 78.9° C. and the solution was allowed to cool to 8° C. overnight. The solid was then filtered off, washed with ethanol (1290 ml) and dried at 70° C. overnight. Yield=1377.3 g (90%). HPLC purity (99.34% [area %]). Contained 4.93% ethanol and 0.45% CH₂Cl₂ by GC.

(d) Water Treatment of Compound A

A suspension of compound A (1377.0 g), as produced by the method of Example 1, in water (13770 ml) was heated to reflux for 4 hours, cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solid was washed with water (2754 ml) and dried at 70° C. overnight. Yield=1274.8 g (92.6%). HPLC purity (99.49% [area %]). Contained 0.01% ethanol and 0.01% CH₂Cl₂ by GC.

¹H NMR spectrum of compound A (DMSO-d6) following the water treatment is shown in FIG. 1.

The powder XRD pattern of Compound A following the water treatment is shown in FIG. 2, which shows the compound is as Form A.

Example 2

Alternative Synthesis of Compound A Using 1-(cyclopropylcarbonyl) piperazine

Methods (also for Examples 3 & 4)

NMR

¹H NMR spectra were recorded using Bruker DPX 400 spectrometer at 400 MHz. Chemical shifts were reported in parts per million (ppm) on the δ scale relative to tetramethylsilane internal standard. Unless stated otherwise all samples were dissolved in DMSO-d₆.

Mass Spectra

Mass spectra were recorded on an Agilent XCT ion trap mass spectrometer using tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS) for structural confirmation. The instrument was operated in a positive ion elctrospray mode.

(a) 4-[3-(4-Cyclopropanecarbonyl-piperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-benzyl]-2H-phthalazin-1-one (Compound A)

2-Fluoro-5-[(4-oxo-3,4-dihydrophthalazin-1-yl)methyl]benzoic acid (D)(15.23 g, 51.07 mmol) was suspended with stirring under nitrogen in acetonitrile (96 ml). Diisopropylethylamine (19.6 ml, 112.3 mmol) was added followed by 1-cyclopropylcarbonylpiperazine (1)(9.45 g, 61.28 mmol) and acetonitrile (1 ml). The reaction mixture was cooled to 18° C. O-Benzotriazol-1-yl-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (25.18 g, 66.39 mmol) was added over 30 minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to 3° C. and maintained at this temperature for 1 hour, before being filtered. The filter cake was washed with cold (3° C.) acetonitrile (20 ml) before being dried in vacuo at up to 40° C. to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (20.21 g).

Mass Spectrum: MH+435

1H NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-d6) δ: 0.70 (m, 4H), 1.88 (br s, 1H), 3.20 (br s, 2H), 3.56 (m, 6H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 7.17 (t, 1H), 7.34 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.77 (dt, 1H), 7.83 (dt, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 8.25 (dd, 1H), 12.53 (s, 1H).

Example 3Alternative Synthesis of Compound A Using 1-(cyclopropylcarbonyl) piperazine HCl salt

(a) 1-(Cyclopropylcarbonyl)piperazine HCl salt (I′)

Acetic acid (700 ml) was treated with piperazine (50.00 g, 0.581 mol) portionwise over 15 minutes with stirring under nitrogen The reaction mixture was warmed to 40° C. and maintained at this temperature until a complete solution was obtained. Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride 59.2 ml, 0.638 mol) was added over 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate distilled under reduced pressure until ˜430 ml of distillates had been collected. Toluene (550 ml) was charged to the reaction mixture and reduced pressure distillation continued until a further 400 ml of distillates were collected. A further charge of toluene (550 ml) was added and reduced pressure distillation continued until 350 ml of distillates were collected. The resulting slurry was diluted with toluene (200 ml) and stirred overnight. Further toluene (500 ml) was added in order to mobilise the slurry. The slurry was filtered, washed with toluene (100 ml) and dried in vacuo at 40° C. to give the title compound as an off white solid (86.78 g).

Mass Spectrum: MH+155

¹H NMR (400 MHz. D₂O) δ: 0.92 (m, 4H), 1.98 (m, 1H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.84 (m, 2H), 4.08 (m, 2H).

(b) Compound A

2-Fluoro-5-[(4-oxo-3,4-dihydrophthalazin-1-yl)methyl]benzoic acid (D)(0.95 g, 3.19 mmol) was suspended with stirring under nitrogen in acetonitrile (4 ml). 2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) (1.45 g, 3.83 mmol) was added followed by 1-cyclopropylcarbonylpiperazine HCl salt (I′)(0.73 g, 3.83 mmol). Diisopropylethylamine (1.39 ml, 7.98 mmol) was added over 3 minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred for overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5° C. and maintained at this temperature for 1 hour, before being filtered. The filter cake was washed with cold (3° C.) acetonitrile (2 ml) before being dried in vacuo at up to 40° C. to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.93 g).

extras…………..

Olaparib

Systematic (IUPAC) name
4-[(3-[(4-cyclopropylcarbonyl)piperazin-4-yl]carbonyl) -4-fluorophenyl]methyl(2H)phthalazin-1-one
Clinical data
Trade names	Lynparza
Legal status	Investigational
Routes	Oral
Identifiers
CAS number	763113-22-0
ATC code	None
PubChem	CID 23725625
ChemSpider	23343272
UNII	WOH1JD9AR8
ChEMBL	CHEMBL521686
Chemical data
Formula	C24H23FN4O3
Mol. mass	435.08 g/mol

 nmr

CAS NO. 763113-22-0, olaparib H-NMR spectral analysis

CAS NO. 763113-22-0, olaparib C-NMR spectral analysis

Bafetinib

4-[[(3S)-3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl]methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[(4-pyrimidin-5-ylpyrimidin-2-yl)amino]phenyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide, cas 859212-16-1

4-[(S)-3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl]-3-trifluoromethyl-N-{4-methyl-3-[4-(5-pyrimidinyl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino]phenyl}benzamide

859212-07-0 (hydrochloride)

1. bafetinib
2. INNO-406
3. NS-187

Bafetinib , previously as INNO-406 , NS-187 and CNS-9 refers is an experimental drug from the substance group ofbenzamides , who as Tyrosinkinasehemmstoff to be used. ^[2] It was originally developed by the Japanese company Nippon Shinyaku and 2006 Innovive Pharmaceuticals licensed. ^[3] Innovive was established in June 2008 by the CytRx Corp. adopted. ^[4]

Bafetinib, also known as INNO-406,  is an orally bioavailable 2-phenylaminopyrimidine derivative with potential antineoplastic activity. Bafetinib specifically binds to and inhibits the Bcr/Abl fusion protein tyrosine kinase, an abnormal enzyme produced by Philadelphia chromosomal translocation associated with chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). This agent also inhibits the Src-family member Lyn tyrosine kinase, upregulated in imatinib-resistant CML cells and in a variety of solid cancer cell types. The inhibitory effect of bafetinib on these specific tyrosine kinases may decrease cellular proliferation and induce apoptosis in tumor cells that overexpress these kinases. CML patients may be refractory to imatinib, which sometimes results from point mutations occurring in the kinase domain of the Bcr/Abl fusion product. Due to its dual inhibitory activity, the use of bafetinib has been shown to overcome this particular drug resistance.

INNO-406 (formerly NS-187) is a potent, orally available, rationally designed, dual Bcr-Abl and Lyn kinase inhibitor that is currently in early clinical studies at CytRx Oncology for the treatment of B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia, metastatic prostate cancer and glioblastoma multiforme. CytRx is also conducting phase I clinical studies for the treatment of recurrent high-grade glioma or metastatic disease to the brain that has progressed after treatment with whole brain radiation therapy or stereotactic radiosurgery.

The company is developing INNO-406 in preclinical studies for the prevention of bone loss in multiple myeloma patients. Nippon Shinyaku is also evaluating the compound for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia. The compound had been under evaluation for the treatment of certain forms of acute myeloid leukemia (AML) that are refractory or intolerant of other approved treatments; however, no recent development has been reported for this indication.

Based on its mechanisms of action, INNO-406 is expected to be effective in treating Gleevec-resistant CML and may delay or even prevent the onset of resistance in treatment naive CML patients. The ability of INNO-406 to specifically target the Bcr-Abl and Lyn kinases may result in a better side effect profile than compounds that target multiple kinases such as a pan-Src inhibitor.

In 2005, the compound was licensed to Innovive Pharmaceuticals (acquired by CytRx Oncology in 2008) by Nippon Shinyaku on a worldwide basis, with the exception of Japan, for the treatment of CML. Orphan drug designation was assigned to the compound for the treatment of CML in the U.S in 2007 and in the E.U. in 2010.

Bafetinib is an inhibitor of tyrosine kinases . It affects the formation of the fusion protein Bcr-Abl , as well as that of theenzyme Lyn kinase and should in mice ten times stronger effect than the imported Tyrosinkinasehemmstoff imatinib .^[5]

Clinical Development 

Bafetinib currently has no indication for an authorization as medicines .

The drug is intended for the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia are developed (CLL). For this indication is Bafetinib is in the development phase II (June 2011). ^[6]

Bafetinib is also in phase II for the treatment of hormone-refractory prostate cancer . ^[7]

The US regulatory authority FDA had Bafetinib end of 2006, the status of a drug orphan (orphan drug) awarded. ^[8]This status could allow an accelerated development and approval.

N-[3-([5,5′-Bipyrimidin]-2-ylamino)-4-methylphenyl]-4-[[(3S)-3-(dimethyl-amino)-1-pyrrolidinyl]methyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

CAS No .:         887650-05-7

MW:  576.62

Formula: C ₃₀ H ₃₁ F ₃ N ₈ O

Synonym:        INNO-406, NS-187

Synthesis of Bafetinib

Analytical Chemistry Insights 2007:2 93–106

U.S. Patent 7,728,131

http://www.google.im/patents/US7728131?cl=fi

Reference Example 31

4-(bromomethyl)-3-trifluoromethyl-N-{4-methyl-3-[4-(5-pyrimidinyl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino]phenyl}benzamideStep 1

4-(bromomethyl)-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acidTo 60.0 g of 4-methyl-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid was added 600 ml of isopropyl acetate. Under stirring at room temperature, a solution of 133.0 g of sodium bromate in 420 ml of water and a solution of 91.7 g of sodium hydrogensulfite in 180 ml of water were added in turn. The mixture was gradually heated from 30° C. up to 50° C. at intervals of 10° C. and stirred until the color of the reaction solution disappeared. The aqueous layer was separated to remove, and to the organic layer were added a solution of 133.0 g of sodium bromate in 420 ml of water and a solution of 91.7 g of sodium hydrogensulfite in 180 ml of water, and then the mixture was gradually heated up to 60° C. as above. After separation, to the organic layer were further added a solution of 133.0 g of sodium bromate in 420 ml of water and a solution of 91.7 g of sodium hydrogensulfite in 180 ml of water, and the mixture was gradually heated as above and heated to the temperature the mixture was finally refluxed. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was separated, the organic layer was washed twice with a 5% aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and twice with 15% saline, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and, then the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. To the residue was added 120 ml of n-heptane, the mixture was stirred, and then the crystals were collected by filtration to obtain 50.0 g of the objective compound as colorless crystals.

Melting point: 140-143° C.

Step 2

4-(bromomethyl)-3-trifluoromethyl-N-{4-methyl-3-[4-(5-pyrimidinyl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino]phenyl}benzamide7.69 g of 4-(bromomethyl)-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid obtained in the step 1 was suspended in 154 ml of anhydrous dichloromethane. Under ice-cool stirring, 6.59 ml of oxalyl chloride and 0.1 ml of anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide were added dropwise. Under ice cooling, the mixture was further stirred for 3 hours, and then the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added 70 ml of anhydrous 1,4-dioxane, and then 7.00 g of 4-methyl-3-[4-(5-pyrimidinyl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino]aniline (Reference Example 18) and 4.18 g of potassium carbonate were added in turn, followed by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. To the reaction solution was added 175 ml of water, and the mixture was violently stirred for one hour. Then, the deposit was collected by filtration and washed in turn with water, a small amount of acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and diisopropyl ether to obtain 8.10 g of the objective compound as pale yellow crystals.

Melting point: 198-202° C. (with decomposition)

Example 47

4-[(S)-3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl]-3-trifluoromethyl-N-{4-methyl-3-[4-(5-pyrimidinyl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino]phenyl}benzamide

To a solution of 6.00 g of 4-(bromomethyl)-3-trifluoromethyl-N-{4-methyl-3-[4-(5-pyrimidinyl)pyrimidin-2-ylamino]phenyl}benzamide (Reference Example 31) in 60 ml of anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide were added 1.51 g of (S)-(−)-3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidine and 1.83 g of potassium carbonate, followed by stirring at room temperature for 14 hours. To the reaction solution were added water and an aqueous saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 4.57 g of pale yellow crystals.

Melting point: 179-183° C. (with decomposition)

……………………………..

Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2006, 16(5): 1421

 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X05014538

A series of 3-substituted benzamide derivatives of STI-571 (imatinib mesylate) was prepared and evaluated for antiproliferative activity against the Bcr-Abl-positive leukemia cell line K562. Several 3-halogenated and 3-trifluoromethylated compounds, including NS-187, showed excellent potency.

 

Bafetinib

Figure 1.

Chemical structures of STI-571 and NS-187 (9b).

 

Scheme 2.

Reagents and conditions: (a) NaBrO₃, NaHSO₃, EtOAc; (b) (COCl)₂, cat. DMF, CH₂Cl₂, rt; (c) 7, K₂CO₃, dioxane, rt; (d) cyclic amines, K₂CO₃, DMF, rt.

 

………………………………

Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2007 ,  vol. 17,  10  pg. 2712 – 2717

 

Bafetinib

References 

1.  This substance has not yet been rated on their dangerousness either in terms of which a reliable and quotable source for this purpose has not been found.
2.  A. Quintas-Cardama include: Flying under the radar: the new wave of BCR-ABL inhibitors. In: Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 6/2007, pp 834-848, PMID 17853901 .
3. Nippon Shinyaku. press release dated January 5, 2006 (s.) , accessed on 25 February 2011th
4.  Drugs.com: Signs Definitive Agreement Cytrx Corporation to Acquire Innovive Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Retrieved June 17, 2011
5. H. Naito include: In vivo antiproliferative effect of NS-187, a dual Bcr-Abl / Lyn tyrosine kinase inhibitor, on leukemic cells harbourage ring-Abl kinase domain mutations.In: . Leukemia Research 30/2006, pp 1443-1446, PMID 16546254 .
6.  ClinicalTrials.gov: Study of Bafetinib as Treatment for relapsed or Refractory Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia B-Cell (B-CLL). Retrieved on June 17, 2011th
7. ClinicalTrials.gov: Study of Bafetinib (INNO-406) as Treatment for Patients With Hormone-Refractory Prostate Cancer (PROACT). Retrieved on June 17, 2011th
8.  Food and Drug Administration: Database summary of 27 December of 2006. Accessed on 16 September, 2009.

Literature 

• E. Weisberg, inter alia: Second generation inhibitors of BCR-ABL for the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia imatinib-resistant. In: Nature Reviews Cancer 7/2007, pp 345-356. PMID 17457302
• A. Yokota include: INNO-406, a novel BCR-ABL / Lyn tyrosine kinase inhibitor dual, Suppresses the growth of Ph ⁺ leukemia cells in the central nervous system and cyclosporine A Augments its in vivo activity. (PDF, 735 kB) In : Blood 109/2007, pp 306-314. PMID 16954504

External links 

• Entries in the NIH study Register

1: Peter B, Hadzijusufovic E, Blatt K, Gleixner KV, Pickl WF, Thaiwong T, Yuzbasiyan-Gurkan V, Willmann M, Valent P. KIT polymorphisms and mutations determine responses of neoplastic mast cells to bafetinib (INNO-406). Exp Hematol. 2010 Sep;38(9):782-91. doi: 10.1016/j.exphem.2010.05.004. Epub 2010 May 26. PubMed PMID: 20685234.

2: Kantarjian H, le Coutre P, Cortes J, Pinilla-Ibarz J, Nagler A, Hochhaus A, Kimura S, Ottmann O. Phase 1 study of INNO-406, a dual Abl/Lyn kinase inhibitor, in Philadelphia chromosome-positive leukemias after imatinib resistance or intolerance. Cancer. 2010 Jun 1;116(11):2665-72. doi: 10.1002/cncr.25079. PubMed PMID: 20310049; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC2876208.

3: Rix U, Remsing Rix LL, Terker AS, Fernbach NV, Hantschel O, Planyavsky M, Breitwieser FP, Herrmann H, Colinge J, Bennett KL, Augustin M, Till JH, Heinrich MC, Valent P, Superti-Furga G. A comprehensive target selectivity survey of the BCR-ABL kinase inhibitor INNO-406 by kinase profiling and chemical proteomics in chronic myeloid leukemia cells. Leukemia. 2010 Jan;24(1):44-50. doi: 10.1038/leu.2009.228. Epub 2009 Nov 5. PubMed PMID: 19890374.

4: Kamitsuji Y, Kuroda J, Kimura S, Toyokuni S, Watanabe K, Ashihara E, Tanaka H, Yui Y, Watanabe M, Matsubara H, Mizushima Y, Hiraumi Y, Kawata E, Yoshikawa T, Maekawa T, Nakahata T, Adachi S. The Bcr-Abl kinase inhibitor INNO-406 induces autophagy and different modes of cell death execution in Bcr-Abl-positive leukemias. Cell Death Differ. 2008 Nov;15(11):1712-22. doi: 10.1038/cdd.2008.107. Epub 2008 Jul 11. PubMed PMID: 18617896.

5: Morinaga K, Yamauchi T, Kimura S, Maekawa T, Ueda T. Overcoming imatinib resistance using Src inhibitor CGP76030, Abl inhibitor nilotinib and Abl/Lyn inhibitor INNO-406 in newly established K562 variants with BCR-ABL gene amplification. Int J Cancer. 2008 Jun 1;122(11):2621-7. doi: 10.1002/ijc.23435. PubMed PMID: 18338755.

6: Deguchi Y, Kimura S, Ashihara E, Niwa T, Hodohara K, Fujiyama Y, Maekawa T. Comparison of imatinib, dasatinib, nilotinib and INNO-406 in imatinib-resistant cell lines. Leuk Res. 2008 Jun;32(6):980-3. doi: 10.1016/j.leukres.2007.11.008. Epub 2008 Jan 8. PubMed PMID: 18191450.

7: Pan J, Quintás-Cardama A, Manshouri T, Cortes J, Kantarjian H, Verstovsek S. Sensitivity of human cells bearing oncogenic mutant kit isoforms to the novel tyrosine kinase inhibitor INNO-406. Cancer Sci. 2007 Aug;98(8):1223-5. Epub 2007 May 22. PubMed PMID: 17517053.

8: Kuroda J, Kimura S, Strasser A, Andreeff M, O’Reilly LA, Ashihara E, Kamitsuji Y, Yokota A, Kawata E, Takeuchi M, Tanaka R, Tabe Y, Taniwaki M, Maekawa T. Apoptosis-based dual molecular targeting by INNO-406, a second-generation Bcr-Abl inhibitor, and ABT-737, an inhibitor of antiapoptotic Bcl-2 proteins, against Bcr-Abl-positive leukemia. Cell Death Differ. 2007 Sep;14(9):1667-77. Epub 2007 May 18. PubMed PMID: 17510658.

9: Maekawa T. [Innovation of clinical trials for anti-cancer drugs in Japan–proposals from academia with special reference to the development of novel Bcr-Abl/Lyn tyrosine kinase inhibitor INNO-406 (NS-187) for imatinib-resistant chronic myelogenous leukemia]. Gan To Kagaku Ryoho. 2007 Feb;34(2):301-4. Japanese. PubMed PMID: 17301549.

10: Niwa T, Asaki T, Kimura S. NS-187 (INNO-406), a Bcr-Abl/Lyn dual tyrosine kinase inhibitor. Anal Chem Insights. 2007 Nov 14;2:93-106. PubMed PMID: 19662183; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC2716809.

11: Yokota A, Kimura S, Masuda S, Ashihara E, Kuroda J, Sato K, Kamitsuji Y, Kawata E, Deguchi Y, Urasaki Y, Terui Y, Ruthardt M, Ueda T, Hatake K, Inui K, Maekawa T. INNO-406, a novel BCR-ABL/Lyn dual tyrosine kinase inhibitor, suppresses the growth of Ph+ leukemia cells in the central nervous system, and cyclosporine A augments its in vivo activity. Blood. 2007 Jan 1;109(1):306-14. Epub 2006 Sep 5. PubMed PMID: 16954504.

Bafetinib

N-[(2R)-2-(6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)propyl]acetamide

cas  118702-11-7

LY-156735 (TIK-301, PD-6735) is a melatonin MT1 and MT2 agonist which is under development for the treatment of insomnia and other sleep disorders.^[1]

Beta-methyl-6-chloromelatonin (PD-6735) is a melatonin MT1 and MT2 agonist which had been in phase II trials at Phase 2 Discovery for the treatment of sleep latency in patients with primary insomnia, however, no recent development has been reported.

The melatonin agonist exhibits high selectivity and provides a novel mode of action different from that of benzodiazepine receptor ligands currently on the market.

Furthermore, the drug candidate is believed to be non-addicting, therefore, offering an advantage over marketed sleep medications. Originally discovered by Lilly, PD-6735 was licensed to Phase 2 Discovery in 2002 for further development.

Orphan drug designation has been assigned in the U.S. for the treatment of circadian rhythm sleep disorders in blind people with no light perception and for the treatment of neuroleptic-induced tardive dyskinesia in schizophrenia patients.

In 2007, the product candidate was licensed to Tikvah Therapeutics by Phase 2 Discovery for worldwide development and commercialization for the treatment of sleep disorder, depression and circadian rhythm disorder.

beta -alkylmelatonins as ovulation inhibitors [US4997845]1991-03-05

BETA-ALKYLMELATONINS [EP0281242]1988-09-07 GRANT1992-08-12

The condensation of 6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indole (I) with Meldrum’s acid (II) and acetaldehyde (III) catalyzed by L-proline in acetonitrile gives the adduct (IV), which is treated with Cu and ethanol in refluxing pyridine to yield 3-(6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)butyric acid ethyl ester (V). The reaction of (V) with hydrazine at 140 C affords the hydrazide (VI), which is treated with NaNO2 and Ac-OH to provide the corresponding azide that, without isolation, is thermolyzed and rearranged in toluene at 80?C to give 7-chloro-6-methoxy-4-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-1-one (VII). The cleavage of the lactam ring of (VII) with KOH in refluxing ethanol/water yields 3-(2-amino-1-methylethyl)-6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid (VIII). The decarboxylation of (VIII) by means of refluxing aq. 3M HCl affords 3-(2-amino-1-methylethyl)-6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indole (IX), which is finally acylated with acetic anhydride and pyridine in toluene to provide the target 6-chloromelatonin as a racemic compound.

EP 0281242;……….http://www.google.com/patents/EP0281242B1?cl=en

Example 3

Preparation of β-Methyl-6-chloromelatonin
• Following the procedure of Example 1, a solution of 10.0 g (0.055 mole) of 5-methoxy-6-chloroindole, 3.1 ml (2.44 g, 0.055 mole) of acetaldehyde, and 7.94 g (0.055 mole) of Meldrum’s acid in 90 ml of acetonitrile was stirred for 48 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the adduct thus prepared was recrystallized by dissolving in warm toluene and immediately cooling. The adduct was obtained as slightly pink crystals; m.p. = 145°C; yield = 16.5 g (85%). The elemental analysis of the product showed a slightly elevated percentage of carbon. However, the NMR spectrum indicated that the product was pure and had the indicated structure.
  Analysis calc. for C₁₇H₁₈NO₅Cl

  Theory:

  C, 58.04; H, 5.16; N, 3.98; Cl, 10.08

  Found :

  C, 59.34; H, 5.15; N, 3.84; Cl, 9.69

• The solvolysis and decarboxylation of the adduct (11.0 g; 31.3 mmoles) using ethanol, pyridine, and copper dust was carried out by the procedure of Example 1. The yield of 3-(5-methoxy-6-chloro-1H-indol-3-yl)pentanoic acid ethyl ester, a pale yellow oil, after chromatography over silica gel using 10% EtOAc/90% toluene was 8.68 g (94%).
  Analysis calc. for C₁₅H₁₈NO₃Cl

  Theory:

  C, 60.91; H, 6.13; N, 4.74; Cl, 11.99

  Found :

  C, 60.67; H, 5.86; N, 4.93; Cl, 11.73

• A mixture of 8.68 g (29.3 mmoles) of the above ethyl ester and 6 ml of hydrazine hydrate was heated at 140°C under nitrogen in a flask fitted with an air cooled condensor. After 6½ hours, the excess hydrazine hydrate was removed under vacuum. The 2-methyl-2-(5-methoxy-6-chloro-3-indolyl)-propionhydrazide thus prepared was recrystallized from ethyl acetate; Yield = 7.13 g (86%); m.p. = 154-155°C.
  Analysis calc. for C₁₃H₁₆N₃O₂Cl

  Theory:

  C, 55.42; H, 5.72; N, 14.91; Cl, 12.58

  Found :

  C, 55.14; H, 5.51; N, 14.49; Cl, 12.78

• The above hydrazide (7.13 g, 25 mmoles) was converted to the corresponding acyl azide, the azide thermolyzed and rearranged at 80° in toluene, and the rearranged product cyclized with HCl according to the procedure of Example 1. The yield of crude, light tan, lactam, 1-oxo-4-methyl-6-methoxy-7-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole, product, (m.p. = 249-252°C) was 4.77 g (72%).
  Analysis calc. for C₁₃H₁₃N₂O₂Cl

  Theory:

  C, 58.99; H, 4.95; N, 10.58

  Found :

  C, 59.45; H, 4.77; N, 10.72

• The crude lactam (4.77 g, 18 mmoles) was hydrolyzed with aqueous ethanolic KOH as described in Example 1. The yield of crude amino acid, 2-carboxy-3-(1-amino-2-propyl)-5-methoxy-6-chloroindole, was 3.98 g (78%). The crude product (3.0 g; 10.6 mmoles) was decarboxylated, using the procedure of Example 1, by refluxing in 100 ml of 3M HCl overnight. The acidic solution was decolorized with activated carbon and was then basified with 5M NaOH. The amine was extracted into diethyl ether. After drying the ether extract over Na₂SO₄, the diethyl ether was removed in vacuo leaving as a residue the crystallized tryptamine, 3-(1-amino-2-propyl)-5-methoxy-6-chloroindole; m.p. 133-4°C. The yield, after recrystallization from toluene/hexane, was 1.62 g (64%).
  Analysis calc. for C₁₂H₁₅N₂OCl

  Theory:

  C, 60.38; H, 6.33; N, 11.74; Cl, 14.85

  Found :

  C, 60.11; H, 6.05; N, 11.93; Cl, 15.06

• A solution of 1.51 g (6.3 mmoles) of the above tryptamine in 10 ml of toluene and 2.5 ml of pyridine was treated with 1.5 ml of acetic anhydride. After allowing the reaction mixture to stand for three hours at room temperature, the volatile materials were removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed with aqueous NaHCO₃, and brine. The ethyl acetate solution was dried over Na₂SO₄, and the solvent removed by evaporation. The residual oil was crystallized from toluene/hexane yielding 6-chloro-β-methylmelatonin, (m.p. = 133-5°C; 1.09 g, 61%).
  Analysis calc. for C₁₄H₁₇N₂O₂Cl

  Theory:

  C, 59.89; H, 6.10; N, 9.98; Cl, 12.63

  Found :

  C, 60.03; H, 6.22; N, 9.75; Cl, 12.92

…………………………………………….

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/EP0281242B1?cl=en

The intermediate diazonium salt (XIII) has been obtained as follows: the hydrogenation of 3-chloro-4-methoxynitrobenzene (XI) with H2 over Pt/Al2O3 in toluene gives the corresponding aniline (XII), which is diazotized with NaNO2/HCl and treated with sodium tetrafluoroborate to yield the target diazonium salt intermediate (XIII). The reduction of pulegone (I) with H2 over Pd/C gives the menthol (II), which is oxidized with CrO3/H2SO4 to yield 3(R),7-dimethyl-6-oxooctanoic acid (IV), which can also be obtained by direct oxidation of (l)-menthol (III) under the same conditions.

The oxidation of (IV) with trifluoroperacetic acid (trifluoroacetic anhydride/H2O2) in dichloromethane yields the 3(R)-methylhexanedioic acid isopropyl monoester (V), which is treated with NaOEt in ethanol to obtain the corresponding ethyl monoester (VI). The reaction of (VI) with diethyl carbonate, EtONa, and “Adogen 464″ (a phase transfer catalyst) in ethanol affords 5,5-bis(ethoxycarbonyl)-3(S)-methylpentanoic acid (VII), which is treated with oxalyl chloride to provide the expected acyl chloride (VIII). The reaction of (VIII) with sodium azide and benzyl alcohol gives the intermediate azide that rearranges to the benzyl carbamate (IX).

The reductive cyclization of (IX) with H2 over Pd/C in ethanol yields 5(R)-methyl-2-oxopiperidine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (X), which is condensed with the intermediate diazonium salt (XIII) to afford the hydrazono derivative (XIV). The cyclization of (XIV) in hot formic acid provides 7-chloro-6-methoxy-4(R)-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-1-one (XV), which is treated with KOH In refluxing ethanol/water to cleave the lactam ring, yielding 3-(2-amino-1(R)-methylethyl)-6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid (XVI). The decarboxylation of (XVI) by means of refluxing 3M HCl affords 3-(2-amino-1(R)-methylethyl)-6-chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indole (XVII), which is finally acylated with Ac2O and pyridine in toluene to provide the target 6-chloromelatonin as a pure enantiomer.

Example 7

Preparation of S-(-)-β-methyl-6-chloromelatonin and R-(+)-β-methyl-6-chloromelatonin
• A solution of 4.0 g (21 mmoles) of 3-chloro-4-methoxynitrobenzene in 200 ml of toluene was hydrogenated over 0.4 g of 5% platinum on alumina. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solvent evaporated from the filtrate. The crude 3-chloroanisidine prepared was placed in solution in diethyl ether and treated with ethereal HCl to produce the hydrochloride salt, which was collected and dried; weight = 2.48 g (61% yield).
• A mixture of 2.40 g (12.4 mmoles) of 3-chloroanisidine hydrochloride in 7 ml of 4M HCl was treated, at 0°C, with 0.86 g (12.5 mmoles) of sodium nitrite in 5 ml of water. After stirring at 0°C for an hour the solution was filtered and the filtrate added slowly to an ice cold solution of 2.6 g (24 mmoles) of sodium fluoroborate in 8 ml of water. After stirring at 0°C for an hour the salt was collected and washed successively with, cold 5% sodium fluoroborate solution, cold methanol, and ether. The dried 3-chloro-4-methoxybenzene diazonium fluoroborate thus prepared weighed 2.2 g (69% yield).
• A mixture of 2.03 g (11.0 mmole) of (R)-(-)-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5-methyl-2-piperidone and 30 ml of 0.75M NaOH was stirred at room temperature (24°C) overnight. The solution was cooled to 0°C and the pH lowered to 3.5 with 3M hydrochloric acid. The diazonium salt (2.8 g, 10.9 mmoles) was added in small portions and the reaction mixture cooled to about 0°C overnight. The product, R-(-)-3-(3-chloro-4-methoxy)phenylhydrazono-5-methyl-2-piperidone, was collected, washed with water, and dried; weight = 2.30 g (75% yield); m.p. = 205°C. A small sample was further purified by chromatography over a short silica gel column using ethyl acetate as the eluant. [α]²⁵ = -58° (c = 10, MeOH).
  Analysis calc. for C₁₃H₁₆N₃O₂Cl

  Theory:

  C, 55.42; H, 5.72; N, 14.91; Cl, 12.58

  Found :

  C, 55.79; H, 5.78: N, 14.72; Cl, 12.69

• A mixture of 2.20 g (7.8 moles) of the R-(-) hydrazone and 20 ml of 90% formic acid was heated at 85° for three hours then slowly diluted with an equal volume of water. The mixture was allowed to cool and then chilled overnight. The dark precipitate was collected, washed with water, then recrystallized from acetone/water, yielding 1.20 g (60% yield) of S-(-)-1-oxo-4-methyl-6-methoxy-7-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole; m.p. = 248°C. [α]²⁵ = -12.2° (c = 10, MeOH).
  Analysis calc. for C₁₃H₁₃N₂O₂Cl

  Theory:

  C, 58.99; H, 4.95; N, 10.58; Cl, 13.39

  Found :

  C, 59.16; H, 4.88; N, 10.80; Cl, 13.15

• The conversion of (S)-(-)-lactam to (S)-(-)-6-chloro-β-methylmelatonin was carried out as described previously in Example 3. The product, S-(-)-β-methyl-6-chloromelatonin, was spectroscopically identical to the racemate, but gave an optical rotation of [α]²⁵ = -13.2° (c = 10, MeOH).
• (R)-(+)-6-chloro-β-methylmelatonin was synthesized from (S)-(+)-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5-methyl-2-piperidone in the same manner as described above. The stereoisomer was identical to the (S)-(-) material except for the sign of rotation.

LY-156,735

Systematic (IUPAC) name
N-[(2R)-(6-Chloro-5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)propyl]acetamide
Clinical data
Legal status	?
Identifiers
CAS number	118702-11-7
ATC code	?
PubChem	CID 219018
ChemSpider	189853
Chemical data
Formula	C14H17ClN2O2
Molecular mass	280.757

References

SDVYCEVCEFLVKEVTKLIDNNKTEKEILDAFDKMCSKLPKSLSEECQEVVDTYGSSILSILLEEV SPELVCSMLHLCSG [SEQ ID NO: 2].

BXQ-350

Cincinnati Children’s Hospital  ……..innovator

Bexion Pharmaceuticals……….under license

In February 2015, the US FDA granted saposin C Orphan designation for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme

SAPOCIN C

Recombinant human Saposin C (SapC) bound to a liposomal formulation of the dioleoylphosphatidylserine

Bexion’s Saposin C – the active ingredient in the brain tumour therapy BXQ-350 – has been awarded Orphan Drug status by US regulators.

Read more at: http://www.pharmatimes.com/Article/15-02-17/US_Orphan_status_for_Bexion_s_brain_tumour_drug.aspx#ixzz3S3zXdHlO

Bexion Pharmaceuticals, under license from the Cincinnati Children’s Hospital, is investigating a human saposin C (SapC)/liposomal dioleoylphosphatidylserine (DOPS) conjugate, SapC-DOPS (BXQ-350), a nanovesicle-formulated pro-apoptotic sphingomyelinase activating molecular imaging agent and anticancer agent, for the potential diagnosis and treatment of cancer , . In October 2013, Bexion was planning a phase I first-in-human trial for the therapy of glioblastoma multiforme

Bexion Pharmaceuticals LLC announced today that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has granted the company Orphan Drug designation for Saposin C, active ingredient in its proprietary drug BXQ-350 for the potential treatment of glioblastoma multiforme.

The FDA’s Office of Orphan Drug Products Development reviews applications for Orphan Drug status to support development of medicines for underserved patient populations, or rare disorders that affect fewer than 200,000 people in the United States. The successful application submitted by Bexion and the FDA granting of Orphan Drug status entitles the company to a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity in the United States for BXQ-350, if it is approved by the FDA for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme. Orphan Drug status also enables the company to apply for research grant funding for Phase I and II Clinical Trials, tax credits for certain research expenses, and a waiver from the FDA’s application user fee, as well as additional support from FDA and a potentially faster regulatory process.

Bexion was previously awarded a prestigious Phase II Bridge Award (Small Business Innovation Research Grant; SBIR) from the National Cancer Institute (NCI) to support the manufacture and clinical testing of BXQ-350.

“Orphan Drug status for BXQ-350 is an important milestone in the development of this new treatment modality,” stated Dr. Ray Takigiku, founder and CEO of Bexion. “Few treatment options are available for patients suffering from glioblastoma multiforme and this designation recognizes the unmet need that exists with this disease, as well as the unique attributes of BXQ-350. In addition, orphan designation allows Bexion to benefit from important financial, regulatory and commercial considerations and we have seen recently that products with orphan designation have become sought after assets.”

About Orphan Drug Designation
Orphan Drug designation is a status assigned to a medicine intended for use in rare diseases. In the U.S., the Orphan Drug Designation program confers Orphan Drug status to successful applicants for medicines intended for the safe and effective treatment, diagnosis or prevention of rare diseases or disorders that affect fewer than 200,000 people in the U.S. or that are not expected to recover the costs of developing and marketing a treatment.¹

The approval of an orphan designation request does not alter the standard regulatory requirements and process for obtaining marketing approval for investigational use. Sponsors must establish safety and efficacy of a compound in the treatment of a disease through adequate and well-controlled studies. However, the FDA review process may be speedier for Orphan Drugs than those which do not receive Orphan Drug designation.

About BXQ-350
In pre-clinical studies, Bexion’s first-in-class biologic, BXQ-350 has shown promising results in selectively inducing cell death in the laboratory. BXQ-350 is a proprietary nanovesicle formulation of Saposin C (sphingolipid activator protein C, or SapC) and the phospholipid dioleoylphosphatidylserine (DOPS).

About Bexion Pharmaceuticals
Bexion Pharmaceuticals is a privately held biotech company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative cures for cancer.  Initial products are based on a proprietary platform technology licensed from Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center.  The technology has demonstrated potential for development as a therapeutic, diagnostic and surgical imaging reagent, and as a carrier for other pharmaceutical agents, such as oligonucleotides.  For more information, visit www.bexionpharma.com or contact Margaret van Gilse atmvangilse@bexionpharma.com.

¹ U.S. Food and Drug Administration web site. “Regulatory Information: Orphan Drug Act.”http://www.fda.gov/regulatoryinformation/legislation/federalfooddrugandcosmeticactfdcact/significantamendmentstothefdcact/orphandrugact/default.htm.

Margaret van Gilse859-757-1652mvangilse@bexionpharma.com

SOURCE Bexion Pharmaceuticals LLC

Glioblastoma is the most common primary CNS malignant neoplasm in adults, and accounts for nearly 75% of the cases. Although there has been steady progress in their treatment due to improvements in neuro-imaging, microsurgery, and radiation, glioblastomas remain incurable. The average life expectancy is less than one year from diagnosis, and the five-year survival rate following aggressive therapy, including gross tumor resection, is less than 10%. Glioblastomas cause death due to rapid, aggressive, and infiltrative growth in the brain. The infiltrative growth pattern is responsible for the un-resectable nature of these tumors. Glioblastomas are also relatively resistant to radiation and chemotherapy, and therefore post-treatment recurrence rates are high. In addition, the immune response to the neoplastic cells is mainly ineffective in completely eradicating residual neoplastic cells following resection and radiation therapy.

One problem in treating glioblastoma is the tumor’s protection behind the blood-brain tumor barrier (BBTB). A significant obstacle in the development of therapeutics for glioblastoma is the inability of systemic therapies to efficiently cross the BBTB. Saposin C (SapC) is a sphingolipid- activating protein that functions to catabolize glycosphingolipids. SapC-DOPS forms stable nanovesicles which can efficiently cross the blood-brain tumor barrier and fuse with GBM cells inducing cell death.

Rapamycin is a macrolide antibiotic produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus, which was discovered first for its properties as an antifungal agent. Streptomyces hygroscopicus has also been implicated as a cancer agent.

There remains a need in the art for new therapeutics for the treatment of glioblastoma.

…………………………………………………………………..

https://www.google.com/patents/US20040229799?cl=en22

Example 1Purification of Recombinant Saposin C

[0106] Recombinant saposin C was overexpressed in E. coli cells by using the isopropyl-1-thio-β-D-galactopyranoside inducing pET system (Qi et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:16746-16753, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Expressed polypeptides with a His-tag were eluted from nickel columns. After dialysis, the polypeptides were further purified by HPLC chromatography as follows. A C4 reverse phase column was equilibrated with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) for 10 minutes. The proteins were eluted in a linear (0-100%) gradient of 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile over 60 minutes. The major protein peak was collected and lyophilized. Protein concentration was determined as previously described (Qi et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:16746-16753).

Example 2Bath Sonication of Sanosin C and Dioleoylphosphatidylserine

[0107] Dioleoylphosphatidylserine (DOPS) was obtained from Avanti Polar Lipids (Alabaster AL). Twenty to thirty imoles of DOPS in chloroform were dried under N₂ and vacuum to lipid films. Five to ten μmoles saposin C polypeptide was added to the dried films and suspended in 50 μl McIlvanine buffer (pH 4.7). The suspension was then brought to a 1 ml volume with either cell culture medium or phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Ausubel et al. (2002) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology. John Wiley & Sons, New York, New York, herein incorporated by reference). The mixture was sonicated in a bath sonicator for approximately 20 minutes. Ice was added as needed to prevent overheating the samples.

………………………………………………………………

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2014078522A1?cl=en

The SapC-DOPS composition comprises a phospholipid, an isolated saposin C-related polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence at least 75% identical to the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein the phospholipid forms a nano vesicle incorporating the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence at least 85% identical to the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 2. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence at least 99% identical to the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 2.

The Sequence Listing, filed electronically and identified as SEQ_LIST_OSIF-2013- 102.txt, was created on November 12, 2013, is 5,548 in size, and is hereby incorporated by reference.

[0004] SEQ ID NO: 1

siy

J su c n 61y &n

*8 a 210 2iS

t n«

:?e

<H ¾^■ yts ca« ¾»* **u v ΆΧ» s?s ass ¾«¾

:»o

L st S«x ri» r s

SEQ ID NO: 2

BEXION PHARMA

1. 1. Russell Street, Covington, KY 41011, United States

      $2.9 Million Grant Awarded to Covington-Based Bexion for Next Step in Cancer Fight

      921 Spring Street Covington, Kentucky 41016 United States

      112 East 4th Street, Covington, KY 41011.

      1182 Riverhouse Way Covington KY : 427657

GIVINOSTAT

Givinostat (INN^[1]) or gavinostat (originally ITF2357) is a histone deacetylase inhibitor with potential anti-inflammatory, anti-angiogenic, and antineoplastic activities.^[2] It is a hydroxamate used in the form of its hydrochloride.

Givinostat is in numerous phase II clinical trials (including for relapsed leukemias and myelomas),^[3] and has been granted orphan drug designation in the European Union for the treatment of systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis^[4] and polycythaemia vera.^[5]

In 2010, orphan drug designation was assigned in the E.U. for the treatment of systemic-onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis and for the treatment of polycythemia vera. In 2013, this designation was assigned by the FDA for the treatment of Duchenne’s muscular dystrophy and for the treatment of Becker’s muscular dystrophy.

ITF2357 was discovered at Italfarmaco of Milan, Italy. It was patented in 1997 and first described in the scientific literature in 2005.^[6][7]

Givinostat hydrochloride, an orally active, synthetic inhibitor of histone deacetylase, is being evaluated in several early clinical studies at Italfarmaco, including studies for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases, polycythemia vera, Duchenne’s muscular dystrophy and periodic fever syndrome. The company was also conducting clinical trials for the treatment of Crohn’s disease and chronic lymphocytic leukemia; however, the trials were terminated.

No recent development has been reported for research into the treatment of juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, for the treatment of multiple myeloma and for the treatment of Hodgkin’s lymphoma.

Muscular dystrophies (MDs) include a heterogeneous group of genetic diseases invariably leading to muscle degeneration and impaired function. Mutation of nearly 30 genes gives rise to various forms of muscular dystrophy, which differ in age of onset, severity, and muscle groups affected (Dalkilic I, Kunkel LM. (2003) Muscular dystrophies: genes to pathogenesis. Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 13:231-238). The most common MD is the Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD), a severe recessive X-linked disease which affects one in 3,500 males, characterized by rapid progression of muscle degeneration, eventually leading to loss of ambulation and death within the second decade of life.

Attempts to replace or correct the mutated gene, by means of gene or cell therapy, might result in a definitive solution for muscular dystrophy, but this is not easy to achieve. Alternative strategies that prevent or delay muscle degeneration, reduce inflammation or promote muscle metabolism or regeneration might all benefit patients and, in the. future, synergize with gene or cell therapy. Steroids that reduce inflammation are currently the only therapeutic tool used in the majority of DMD patients (Cossu G, Sampaolesi M . (2007) New therapies for Duchenne muscular dystrophy: challenges, prospects and clinical trials. TRENDS Mol . Med. 13:520-526).

Diethyl- [ 6- ( 4-hydroxycarbamoyl-phenyl-carbamoyloxy- methyl ) -naphthalen-2-yl-methyl ] -ammonium chloride , which is described in WO 97/43251 (anhydrous form) and in WO 2004/065355 (monohydrate crystal form), herein both incorporated by reference, is an anti-inflammatory agent which is able to inhibit the synthesis of the majority of pro-inflammatory cytokines whilst sparing anti-inflammatory ones. Diethyl- [ 6- ( 4-hydroxycarbamoyl-phenyl-carbamoyloxy- methyl ) -naphthalen-2-yl-methyl ] -ammonium chloride is also known as ITF2357.

The monohydrate crystal form of diethyl- [ 6- ( 4- hydroxycarbamoyl-phenyl-carbamoyloxy-methy1 ) – naphthalen-2-yl-methyl ] -ammonium chloride is known as Givinostat .

Givinostat is being evaluated in several clinical studies, including studies for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases, polycythemia vera, periodic fever syndrome, Crohn’s disease and systemic- onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis. Orphan drug designation was assigned in the E.U. for the treatment of systemic-onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis and for the treatment of polycythemia vera.

Givinostat has been recently found to act also as a Histone Deacetylase inhibitor (WO 2011/048514).

Histone deacetylases ( HDAC ) are a family of enzymes capable of removing the acetyl group bound to the lysine residues in the N-terminal portion of histones or in other proteins.

HDACs can be subdivided into four classes, on the basis of structural homologies. Class I HDACs (HDAC 1, 2, 3 and 8) are similar to the RPD3 yeast protein and are located in the cell nucleus. Class II HDACs (HDAC 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 and 10) are similar to the HDA1 yeast protein and are located both in the nucleus and in the cytoplasm. Class III HDACs are a structurally distinct form of NAD-dependent enzymes correlated with the SIR2 yeast protein. Class IV (HDAC 11) consists at the moment of a single enzyme having particular structural characteristics. The HDACs of classes I, II and IV are zinc enzymes and can be inhibited by various classes of molecule: hydroxamic acid derivatives, cyclic tetrapeptides , short-chain fatty acids, aminobenzamides , derivatives of electrophilic ketones, and the like. Class III HDACs are not inhibited by hydroxamic acids, and their inhibitors have structural characteristics different from those of the other classes .

The expression “histone deacetylase inhibitor” in relation to the present invention is to be understood as meaning any molecule of natural, recombinant or synthetic origin capable of inhibiting the activity of at least one of the enzymes classified as histone deacetylases of class I, class II or class IV.

Although HDAC inhibitors, as a class, are considered to be potentially useful as anti-tumor agents, it is worth to note that, till now, only two of them (Vorinostat and Romidepsin) have been approved as drugs for the cure of a single tumor form (Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma ) .

It is evident that the pharmaceutical properties of each HDAC inhibitor may be different and depend on the specific profile of inhibitory potency, relative to the diverse iso-enzymes as well as on the particular pharmacokinetic behaviour and tissue distribution.

Some HDAC inhibitors have been claimed to be potentially useful, in combination with other agents, for the treatment of DMD (WO 2003/033678, WO 2004/050076, Consalvi S. et al. Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors in the Treatment of Muscular Dystrophies: Epigenetic Drugs for Genetic Diseases. (2011) Mol. Med. 17 : 457-465 ) .

The potential therapeutic use of HDAC inhibitors in DMD may however be hampered by the possible harmful effects of these relatively toxic agents, especially when used for long-term therapies in paediatric patients .

Givinostat, as anti-inflammatory agent, has been already used in a phase II study in children with Systemic Onset Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis; Givinostat administered at 1.5 mg/kg/day for twelve weeks achieved ACR Pedi 30, 50 and 70 improvement of approximately 70% (Vojinovic J, Nemanja D. (2011) HDAC Inhibition in Rheumatoid Arthritis and Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis. Mol. Med 17:397-403) showing only a limited number of mild or moderate but short lasting, adverse effects.

To date more than 500 patients (including 29 children) have been treated with Givinostat. Repeated dose toxicity studies were carried out in dogs, rats and monkeys. Oral daily doses of the drug were administered up to nine consecutive months. The drug was well tolerated with no overt toxicity at high doses. The “no adverse effect levels” (NOAEL) ranged from 10 to 25 mg/kg/day depending on the animal species and the duration of treatment.

In juvenile animals Givinostat at 60 mg/kg/day did not affect the behavioural and physical development and reproductive performance of pups.

No genotoxic effect was detected for Givinostat in the mouse lymphoma assay and the chromosomal aberration assay in vitro and in the micronucleus test and UDS test in vivo.

Adverse effects

In clinical trials of givinostat as a salvage therapy for advanced Hodgkin’s lymphoma, the most common adverse reactions were fatigue (seen in 50% of participants), mild diarrhea or abdominal pain (40% of participants), moderate thrombocytopenia (decreased platelet counts, seen in one third of patients), and mild leukopenia (a decrease in white blood cell levels, seen in 30% of patients). One-fifth of patients experienced prolongation of the QT interval, a measure of electrical conduction in the heart, severe enough to warrant temporary suspension of treatment.^[8]

Mechanism of action

Givinostat inhibits class I and class II histone deacetylases (HDACs) and several pro-inflammatory cytokines. This reduces expression of tumour necrosis factor (TNF), interleukin 1α and β, and interleukin 6.^[7]

It also has activity against cells expressing JAK2(V617F), a mutated form of the janus kinase 2 (JAK2) enzyme that is implicated in the pathophysiology of many myeloproliferative diseases, including polycythaemia vera.^[9][10] In patients with polycythaemia, the reduction of mutant JAK2 concentrations by givinostat is believed to slow down the abnormal growth of erythrocytes and ameliorate the symptoms of the disease.^[5]

………………….

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2004065355A1?cl=en

Hydrochloride of (6-diethylaminomethyl-naphthalen-2-yl)- methyl ester of (4-hydroxycarbamoylphenyl)-carbamic acid (II)

has been described in US patent 6,034,096 as a derivative of hydroxamic acid having anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive activity, probably owing to the ability thereof to inhibit the production of pro-inflammatory cyto ines. This compound is obtained according to

Example 12 of the above-mentioned patent as an anhydrous, amorphous, hygroscopic, deliquescent solid which is difficult to handle.

crystalline form of monohydrous hydrochloride of

(6-diethylaminomethyl-naphthalen-2-yl)-methyl ester of

(4~hydroxycarbamoylphenyl)-carbamic acid (I).

This form is particularly advantageous from the industrial perspective because it is stable and simpler to handle than the anhydrous and amorphous form described above.

………………

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US7329689

Hydrochloride of (6-diethylaminomethyl-naphthalen-2-yl)-methyl ester of (4-hydroxycarbamoylphenyl)-carbamic acid (II)

has been described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,034,096 as a derivative of hydroxamic acid having anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive activity, probably owing to the ability thereof to inhibit the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines. This compound is obtained according to Example 12 of the above-mentioned patent as an anhydrous, amorphous, hygroscopic, deliquescent solid which is difficult to handle.

The 4-(6-diethylaminomethyl-naphthalen-2-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-benzoic acid can be prepared as described in Example 12, point C, of U.S. Pat. No. 6,034,096.

The acid (1.22 kg, 3 moles) was suspended in THF (19 l) and the mixture was agitated under nitrogen over night at ambient temperature. The mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and thionyl chloride (0.657 l, 9 moles) was added slowly, still under nitrogen, with the temperature being maintained below 10° C. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 60 minutes, DMF (26 ml) was added and the mixture was further heated under reflux for 60 minutes.

The solvent was evaporated under vacuum, toluene was added to the residue and was then evaporated. This operation was repeated twice, then the residue was suspended in THF (11.5 l) and the mixture was cooled to 0° C.

The mixture was then poured into a cold solution of hydroxylamine (50% aq., 1.6 l, 264 moles) in 5.7 l of water. The mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and agitated for 30 minutes. 6M HCl was added until pH 2 was reached and the mixture was partially evaporated under vacuum in order to eliminate most of the THF. The solid was filtered, washed repeatedly with water and dissolved in a solution of sodium bicarbonate (2.5%, 12.2 l). The solution was extracted with 18.6 l of a mixture of THF and ethyl acetate (2:1 v/v). 37% HCl (130 ml) were added to the organic layer in order to precipitate the monohydrate of the (6-diethylaminomethyl-naphthalen-2-yl)-methyl ester hydrochloride of the (4-hydroxycarbamoyl-phenyl)-carbamic acid. If necessary, this operation can be repeated several times to remove any residues of the original acid.

Finally, the solid was dried under vacuum (approximately 30 mbar, 50° C.), producing 0.85 kg (60%) of compound (I).

HPLC purity: 99.5%; water content (Karl Fischer method): 3.8%; (argentometric) assay: 99.8%.

…..

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US20120302633

…………………..

http://www.google.com/patents/US6034096

EXAMPLE 12

4-[6-(Diethylaminomethyl)naphth-2-ylmethyloxycarbamoyl]-benzohydroxamic acid hydrochloride

A. 1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI) (22.2 g, 115 mmol) was added to a solution of 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid (25 g, 115 mmol) and hydroxybenzotriazole (15.6 g, 115 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1800 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Diethyl amine (34.3 ml, 345 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude was treated with 1N HCl (500 ml) and ethyl acetate (500 ml), insoluble compounds were filtered off and the phases were separated. The organic phase was extracted with 5% sodium carbonate (3×200 ml) and the combined aqueous solutions were acidified with concentrated HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 ml). The organic solution was then washed with 1N HCl (6×100 ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure yielding 18.5 g (Yield 60%) of pure 6-(diethylaminocarbonyl)-2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid; m.p.=122-124° C.

¹ H-NMR d 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.25-8.00 (m, 4H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 3.60-3.20 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.00 (m, 6H).

B. A solution of 6-(diethylaminocarbonyl)-2- naphthalenecarboxylic acid (18 g, 66 mmol) in THF (200 ml) was slowly added to a refluxing suspension of lithium aluminium hydride (7.5 g, 199 mmol) in THF (500 ml). The mixture was refluxed for an hour, then cooled at room temperature and treated with a mixture of THF (25 ml) and water (3.5 ml), with 20% sodium hydroxide (8.5 ml) and finally with water (33 ml). The white solid was filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Crude was dissolved in diethyl ether (200 ml) and extracted with 1N HCl (3×100 ml). The aqueous solution was treated with 32% sodium hydroxide and extracted with diethyl ether (3×100 ml). The organic solution was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure yielding 12.7 g (79% yield) of pure 6-(diethylaminomethyl)-2-naphthalenemethanol as thick oil.

¹ H-NMR d 7.90-7.74 (m, 4H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 5.32 (t, 1H, exchange with D₂ O), 4.68 (d, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.52 (q, 4H), 1.01 (t, 6H).

C. A solution of 6-(diethylaminomethyl)-2-naphthalene-methanol (12.5 g, 51 mmol) and N,N’-disuccinimidyl carbonate (13.2 g, 51 mmol) in acetonitrile (250 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then the solvent was removed and the crude was dissolved in THF (110 ml). This solution was added to a solution of 4-amino benzoic acid (7.1 g, 51 mmol) and sodium carbonate (5.5 g, 51 mmol) in water (200 ml) and THF (100 ml). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then THF was removed under reduced pressure and the solution was treated with 1N HCl (102 ml, 102 mmol). The precipitate was filtered, dried under reduced pressure, tritured in diethyl ether and filtered yielding 13.2 g (yield 64%) of pure 4-[6-(diethylaminomethyl)naphth-2-ylmethyloxycarbamoyl]-benzoic acid; m.p.=201-205° C. (dec.)

¹ H-NMR d 10.26 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.75 (m, 6H), 7.63 (m, 3H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 2.98 (q, 4H), 1.24 (t, 6H).

D. A solution of 4-[6-(diethylaminomethyl)naphth-2-ylmethyloxycarbamoyl]benzoic acid (13.1 g, 32 mmol) and thionyl chloride (7 ml, 96 mmol) in chloroform (300 ml) was refluxed for 4 hours, then the solvent and thionyl chloride were evaporated. Crude was dissolved in chloroform (100 ml) and evaporated to dryness three times. Crude was added as solid to a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.7 g, 39 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (5.4 g, 64 mmol) and 1N sodium hydroxide (39 ml, 39 mmol) in water (150 ml) and THF (50 ml). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then THF was removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 ml). The combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Crude was dissolved in THF and treated with a 1.5 N etheric solution of HCl. The solid product was filtered and dried yielding 6 g (yield 41%) of pure 4-[6-(diethylaminomethyl)naphth-2-ylmethyloxycarbamoyl]benzohydroxamic acid hydrochloride as white solid; m.p.=162-165° C., (dec.)

¹ H-NMR d 11.24 (s, 1H, exchange with D₂ O), 10.88 (s, 1H, exchange with D₂ O), 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.98 (bs, 1H, exchange with D₂ O), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.10-7.97 (m, 3H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.80-7.55 (m, 5H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 4.48 (d, 2H), 3.09 (m, 4H), 1.30 (t, 6H).

http://www.molbase.com/

Some nmr predictions

CAS NO. 497833-27-9, [6-(diethylaminomethyl)naphthalen-2-yl]methyl N-[4-(hydroxycarbamoyl)phenyl]carbamate H-NMR spectral analysis

13 C NMR PREDICTIONS

COSY NMR…..http://www.nmrdb.org/

HMBC /HSQC

References

• World Health Organization (2010). “International Nonproprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances (INN). Recommended INN: List 63″. WHO Drug Information 24 (1): 58–9.
• 2
• National Cancer Institute (2010). “Gavinostat”. NCI Cancer Dictionary. U.S. National Institutes of Health. Retrieved 2010-09-15.
• 3
• “Search results for ITF2357″. ClinicalTrials.gov.
• 4
• Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products (23 February 2010). “Public summary of opinion on orphan designation: Givinostat for the treatment of systemic-onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis”. European Medicines Agency. Retrieved 2010-09-15.
• 5
• Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products (3 March 2010). “Public summary of opinion on orphan designation: Givinostat for the treatment of polycythaemia vera”. European Medicines Agency.
• 6
• WO patent application 1997/043251, “Compounds with anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive activities”, published 1997-11-20, assigned to Italfarmaco S.p.A.
• 7
• Leoni F, Fossati G. (2005). “The histone deacetylase inhibitor ITF2357 reduces production of pro-inflammatory cytokines in vitro and systemic inflammation in vivo”. Molecular Medicine 11: 1. doi:10.2119/2006-00005.Dinarello. PMID 16557334.
• 8
• Tan J, Cang S, Ma Y, Petrillo RL, Liu D (2010). “Novel histone deacetylase inhibitors in clinical trials as anti-cancer agents”. Journal of Hematology & Oncology 3: 5. doi:10.1186/1756-8722-3-5. PMID 20132536. Review.
• 9
• Vannucchi AM, Guglielmelli P, Pieri L, Antonioli E, Bosi A (2009). “Treatment options for essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera.” Expert Review of Hematology 2 (1): 41–55. doi:10.1586/17474086.2.1.41. Review.

Further reading

• Job-Deslandre, C (January 2007). “Idiopathic juvenile-onset systemic arthritis”. Orphanet. Orphan number: ORPHA85414.

Givinostat

Systematic (IUPAC) name
{6-[(diethylamino)methyl]naphthalen-2-yl}methyl [4-(hydroxycarbamoyl)phenyl]carbamate
Clinical data
Pregnancy category	—
Legal status	Investigational Orphan status in EU for sJIA
Routes	Oral
Identifiers
CAS number	497833-27-9
ATC code	None
PubChem	CID 9804992
ChemSpider	7980752
UNII	5P60F84FBH
Chemical data
Formula	C24H27N3O4
Molecular mass	421.489 g/mol

Map for Italfarmaco S.P.A.

 

Italfarmaco S.p.A.
Stato	Italia
Tipo	Società per azioni
Fondazione	1938 a Milano
Fondata da	Gastone De Santis
Sede principale	Milano
Filiali	Spagna –  Portogallo  Grecia –  Russia  Cile –  Brasile  Turchia
Persone chiave	Francesco De Santis, [Presidente Holding]
Settore	sanità
Prodotti	Farmaci
Fatturato	>500 milioni di Euro (gruppo) (2011)
Dipendenti	>1900 (gruppo) (2011)
Sito web	www.italfarmaco.com

MILAN ITALY

ELIGLUSTAT TARTRATE

THERAPEUTIC CLAIM Treatment of lysosomal storage disorders

CHEMICAL NAMES

1. Octanamide, N-[(1R,2R)-2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2-hydroxy-1-(1-
pyrrolidinylmethyl)ethyl]-, (2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate (2:1)

2. bis{N-[(1R,2R)-2-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2-hydroxy-1-(pyrrolidin-1-
ylmethyl)ethyl]octanamide} (2R,3R)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate

MOLECULAR FORMULA C23H36N2O4 . ½ C4H6O6

MOLECULAR WEIGHT 479.6

MANUFACTURER Genzyme Corp.

CODE DESIGNATION Genz-112638

CAS REGISTRY NUMBER 928659-70-5

Eliglustat (INN, USAN;^[1] trade name Cerdelga) is a treatment for Gaucher’s disease developed by Genzyme Corp that was approved by the FDA August 2014.^[2] Commonly used as the tartrate salt, the compound is believed to work by inhibition ofglucosylceramide synthase.^[3][4]

In March 2015, eliglustat tartrate was approved in Japan for the treatment of Gaucher disease. Eliglustat tartrate was described specifically within the US FDA’s Orange Booked listed US6916802, which is set to expire in April 2022.

In May 2015, the Orange Book also listed that eliglustat tartrate had Orphan Drug Exclusivity and New Chemical Entity exclusivity until 2019 and 2021, respectively.

it having been developed and launched as eliglustat tartrate by Genzyme (a wholly owned subsidiary of Sanofi), under license from the University of Michigan.

Eliglustat tartrate is known to act as inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase and glycolipid, useful for the treatment of Gaucher’s disease type I and lysosome storage disease.

Genzyme Announces Positive New Data from Two Phase 3 Studies for Oral Eliglustat Tartrate for Gaucher Disease

Eliglustat tartrate (USAN)

CAS:928659-70-5

February 15, 2013

Genzyme , a Sanofi company (EURONEXT: SAN and NYSE: SNY), today announced positive new data from the Phase 3 ENGAGE and ENCORE studies of eliglustat tartrate, its investigational oral therapy for Gaucher disease type 1. The results from the ENGAGE study were presented today at the 9th Annual Lysosomal Disease Network WORLD Symposium in Orlando, Fla. In conjunction with this meeting, Genzyme also released topline data from its second Phase 3 study, ENCORE. Both studies met their primary efficacy endpoints and together will form the basis of Genzyme’s registration package for eliglustat tartrateThe data presented at this year’s WORLD symposium reinforce our confidence that eliglustat tartrate may become an important oral option for patients with Gaucher disease”The company is developing eliglustat tartrate, a capsule taken orally, to provide a convenient treatment alternative for patients with Gaucher disease type 1 and to provide a broader range of treatment options for patients and physicians. Genzyme’s clinical development program for eliglustat tartrate represents the largest clinical program ever focused on Gaucher disease type 1 with approximately 400 patients treated in 30 countries.“The data presented at this year’s WORLD symposium reinforce our confidence that eliglustat tartrate may become an important oral option for patients with Gaucher disease,” said Genzyme’s Head of Rare Diseases, Rogerio Vivaldi MD. “We are excited about this therapy’s potential and are making excellent progress in our robust development plan for bringing eliglustat tartrate to the market.”ENGAGE Study Results:In ENGAGE, a Phase 3 trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of eliglustat tartrate in 40 treatment-naïve patients with Gaucher disease type 1, improvements were observed across all primary and secondary efficacy endpoints over the 9-month study period. Results were reported today at the WORLD Symposium by Pramod Mistry, MD, PhD, FRCP, Professor of Pediatrics & Internal Medicine at Yale University School of Medicine, and an investigator in the trial.The randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study had a primary efficacy endpoint of improvement in spleen size in patients treated with eliglustat tartrate. Patients were stratified at baseline by spleen volume. In the study, a statistically significant improvement in spleen size was observed at nine months in patients treated with eliglustat tartrate compared with placebo. Spleen volume in patients treated with eliglustat tartrate decreased from baseline by a mean of 28 percent compared with a mean increase of two percent in placebo patients, for an absolute difference of 30 percent (p<0.0001).

http://www.wikigenes.org/e/ref/e/20439622.html

Eliglustat tartate (Genz-112638)

What is Eliglustat?

• Eliglustat is a new investigational phase 3 compound from Genzyme Corporation that is being studied for type 1 Gaucher Disease.
• Eliglustat works as a substrate reduction therapy by reducing glucocerebroside. formation.
• This product is an oral agent (i.e. a pill) that is taken once or twice a day in contrast to an IV infusion for enzyme replacement therapy. Enzyme replacement therapy focuses on replenishing the enzyme that is deficient in Gaucher Disease and breaks down glucocerebroside that accumulates.
• The clinical trials for eliglustat tartate are sponsored by Genzyme Corporation.

Eliglustat tartrate (Genz-1 12638) is a glucocerebroside (glucosylceramide) synthase inhibitor for the treatment of gaucher disease and other lysosomal storage disorders, which is currently under development.

Eliglustat is chemically known as 1 R, 2R-Octanoic acid [2-(2′, 3′-dihydro-benzo [1 , 4] dioxin-6′-yl)-2-hydroxy-1 -pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl]-ethyl]-amide, having a structural formula I depicted here under.

Formula I

Eliglustat hemitartrate (Genz-1 12638) development by Genzyme, is a glucocerebroside (glucosylceramide) synthase inhibitor for the treatment of Gaucher disease and other lysosomal storage disorders. Eliglustat hemitartrate is orally active with potent effects on the primary identified molecular target for type 1 Gaucher disease and other glycosphingolipidoses, appears likely to fulfill high expectations for clinical efficacy.

Gaucher disease belongs to the class of lysosomal diseases known as glycosphingolipidoses, which result directly or indirectly from the accumulation of glycosphingolipids, many hundreds of which are derived from glucocerebroside. The first step in glycosphingolipid biosynthesis is the formation of glucocerebroside, the primary storage molecule in Gaucher disease, via glucocerebroside synthase (uridine diphosphate [UDP] – glucosylceramide glucosyl transferase). Eliglustat hemitartrate is based on improved inhibitors of glucocerebroside synthase.

U.S. patent No. 7,196,205 (herein described as US’205) discloses a process for the preparation of eliglustat or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In this patent, eliglustat was synthesized via a seven-step process involving steps in that sequence:

(i) coupling S-(+)-2-phenyl glycinol with phenyl bromoacetate followed by column chromatography for purification of the resulting intermediate,

(ii) reacting the resulting (5S)-5-phenylmorpholin-2-one with 1 , 4-benzodioxan-6-carboxaldehyde to obtain a lactone,

(iii) opening the lactone of the oxazolo-oxazinone cyclo adduct via reaction with pyrrolidine,

(iv) hydrolyzing the oxazolidine ring, (v) reducing the amide to amine to obtain sphingosine like compound, (vi) reacting the resulting amine with octanoic acid and N-hydroxysuccinimide to obtain crude eliglustat, (vii) purifying the crude eliglustat by repeated isolation for four times from a mixture of ethyl acetate and n-heptane.

U.S. patent No. 6855830, 7265228, 7615573, 7763738, 8138353, U.S. patent application publication No. 2012/296088 disclose processes for preparation of eliglustat and intermediates thereof.

U.S. patent application publication No. 2013/137743 discloses (i) a hemitartrate salt of eliglustat, (ii) a hemitartrate salt of eliglustat, wherein at least 70% by weight of the salt is crystalline, (iii) a hemitartrate salt of Eliglustat, wherein at least 99% by weight of the salt is in a single crystalline form.

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf;jsessionid=234E6BE008E68831F6875FB703760826.wapp2nA?docId=WO2015059679&recNum=1&office=&queryString=FP%3A%28dr.+reddy%27s%29&prevFilter=%26fq%3DCTR%3AWO&sortOption=Pub+Date+Desc&maxRec=364

WO 2015059679